PIEDMONT BANCORP INC
10-K, 1999-09-28
SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS, NOT FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: GMAC COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE SECURITIES INC, 8-K, 1999-09-28
Next: UMB SCOUT BALANCED FUND INC, 24F-2NT, 1999-09-28



                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                             ----------------------

                                    FORM 10-K


                 ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


                     For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999

                         Commission file number 1-14070


                             PIEDMONT BANCORP, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

               North Carolina                                    56-1936232
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     (State or other jurisdiction of                         (I.R.S. Employer
      incorporation or organization)                        Identification No.)


      260 South Churton Street, P.O. Box 1000
            Hillsborough, North Carolina                           27278
     (Address of principal executive office)                     (Zip Code)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Registrant's telephone number, including area code       (919) 732-2143


           Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                           Common Stock, No Par Value
                                (Title of class)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [ X ] No [ ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]
<PAGE>
State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held
by  non-affiliates  of the  registrant.  The  aggregate  market  value  shall be
computed by reference  to the price at which the stock was sold,  or the average
bid and asked  prices of such common  equity,  as of a specified  date within 60
days prior to the date of filing.  $17,519,250 common stock, no par value, based
on the closing price of such common stock on September 1, 1999.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of
common stock,  as of the latest  practicable  date.  2,502,700  shares of common
stock, no par value, outstanding at September 1, 1999.


                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions  of the Annual  Report of  Piedmont  Bancorp,  Inc.  (the "1999  Annual
Report") for the year ended June 30, 1999,  are  incorporated  by reference into
Part I, Part II and Part IV.

Portions of the Proxy  Statement for the 1999 Annual Meeting of  Shareholders of
Piedmont  Bancorp,  Inc. to be held on November 19, 1999,  are  incorporated  by
reference into Part III.
<PAGE>
                                     PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

General

         Piedmont  Bancorp,  Inc. (the "Parent") is a one-bank  holding  company
whose principal business is the ownership and operation of Hillsborough  Savings
Bank, Inc., SSB (the "Bank") located in Hillsborough, North Carolina. The Parent
was  incorporated  in July 1995 for the purpose of  acquiring  all of the common
stock of the  Bank in its  mutual  to stock  conversion  that was  completed  on
December 7, 1995 (the "Conversion").

         The Bank is a state-chartered  stock savings bank originally  organized
under  the  laws of  North  Carolina  in  1913.  The  Bank is  headquartered  in
Hillsborough,  North Carolina and is centrally  located in its primary market of
central  and  northern   Orange   County,   North   Carolina.   The  Bank  is  a
community-oriented  financial  institution  which  offers a variety of financial
services to meet the needs of the community it serves.  The Bank is  principally
engaged in the business of attracting deposits from the general public and using
those deposits to make one-to-four  family  residential real estate loans, loans
secured by  nonresidential  real estate,  home equity line of credit loans,  and
other loans and  investments.  At June 30, 1999,  all of the loans in the Bank's
portfolio  which were secured by real estate were secured by properties  located
in North Carolina.  Revenues are derived  primarily from interest on loans.  The
Bank  also   receives   interest   income   from   investment   securities   and
interest-bearing  deposit balances.  The major expenses of the Bank are interest
on deposits and borrowings and  noninterest  expenses such as  compensation  and
fringe benefits,  data processing  expenses,  and occupancy  expenses.  The Bank
conducts its business through three offices in  Hillsborough,  Durham and Chapel
Hill, North Carolina.

         Piedmont   Bancorp,   Inc.  and  its   wholly-owned   bank  subsidiary,
Hillsborough  Savings  Bank,  Inc.,  SSB  are  collectively  referred  to as the
"Company".  For additional information regarding the Company's business, see the
1999  Annual  Report  and  the  accompanying  financial  statements,  which  are
incorporated herein by reference.

Market Area and Competition

         The  Company's  primary  market area  consists of central and  northern
Orange County, North Carolina.  Hillsborough is located  approximately ten miles
northwest of Durham,  North  Carolina and ten miles north of Chapel Hill,  North
Carolina.  North  Carolina's  Research  Triangle  Park is located about 20 miles
eastward between the cities of Chapel Hill, Durham and Raleigh.  Chapel Hill and
Durham are home to the  University  of North  Carolina  at Chapel  Hill and Duke
University,  respectively.  These universities and the employment  opportunities
they generate  significantly  impact the economy of Orange County.  However, the
economy in Orange County is varied with employment  spread among  manufacturing,
agricultural, retail and wholesale trade, government, services and utilities.

         As of June 30, 1998,  there were 17  depository  institutions  with 287
offices  in  Wake,  Orange  and  Durham  Counties.  Based  upon  June  30,  1998
comparative  data,  the Bank had 8.5% market  share in Orange  County and a 0.0%
market share in Wake and Durham Counties. The Bank had no market share in Durham
county as its Durham office did not open until April of 1999.
<PAGE>
         The Company faces strong  competition  both in attracting  deposits and
making real estate and other loans. Its most direct competition for deposits has
historically come from other savings institutions,  credit unions and commercial
banks located in its primary market area, including large financial institutions
that have greater  financial  and  marketing  resources  available to them.  The
Company has also faced additional  significant  competition for investors' funds
from  short-term  money market  securities  and other  corporate and  government
securities.  The ability of the Company to attract and retain  savings  deposits
depends on its ability to generally provide a rate of return, liquidity and risk
comparable to that offered by competing  investment  opportunities.  The Company
experiences  strong  competition  for  real  estate  loans  from  other  savings
institutions,  commercial banks, and mortgage banking companies. Competition may
increase  as a  result  of  the  continued  reduction  of  restrictions  on  the
interstate operations of financial institutions.

         Management  believes  that its image as "the  hometown  bank"  gives it
certain  advantages over its local competition.  The Company,  its directors and
employees actively  participate in local civil affairs.  Long-time employment of
local  personnel  has  enabled  the Bank to  establish  and  maintain  long-term
relationships  with  customers.  In many  cases,  the Bank offers  quicker  loan
decisions and more flexible underwriting standards than the competition.


                           SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

Regulation of the Parent

         Bank  holding   companies  and  state  savings  banks  are  extensively
regulated  under both federal and state law. The following is a brief summary of
certain statutes and rules and regulations that affect or will affect the Parent
and the Bank.  This  summary is  qualified  in its  entirety by reference to the
particular  statute  and  regulatory  provisions  referred  to below  and is not
intended  to be  an  exhaustive  description  of  the  statutes  or  regulations
applicable to the business of the Parent and the Bank.  Supervision,  regulation
and  examination  of the  Parent  and the Bank by the  regulatory  agencies  are
intended  primarily for the protection of depositors rather than shareholders of
the Parent.

         General.  The Parent was  organized  for the purpose of  acquiring  and
holding all of the capital stock of the Bank. As a bank holding  company subject
to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "BHCA"),  the Parent is
subject to certain regulations of the Federal Reserve Board. Under the BHCA, the
Parent's  activities  and those of its  subsidiaries  are  limited  to  banking,
managing or controlling banks, furnishing services to or performing services for
its  subsidiaries  or engaging in any other activity  which the Federal  Reserve
Board  determines to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling
banks as to be a proper  incident  thereto.  The BHCA  prohibits the Parent from
acquiring direct or indirect  control of more than 5% of the outstanding  voting
stock or substantially  all of the assets of any bank or savings bank or merging
or  consolidating  with another bank holding company or savings and loan holding
company without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board.

         Additionally,  the BHCA  prohibits  the  Parent  from  engaging  in, or
acquiring  ownership or control of, more than 5% of the outstanding voting stock
of any  company  engaged  in a  nonbanking  business  unless  such  business  is
determined by the Federal  Reserve Board to be so closely  related to banking as
to be properly incident  thereto.  The BHCA generally does not place territorial
restrictions on the activities of such nonbanking related activities.
<PAGE>
         Similarly,  Federal  Reserve  Board  approval  (or,  in certain  cases,
non-disapproval)  must be obtained prior to any person acquiring  control of the
Parent.  Control is  conclusively  presumed to exist if, among other  things,  a
person  acquires  more than 25% of any class of  voting  stock of the  Parent or
controls  in any  manner the  election  of a majority  of the  directors  of the
Parent.  Control is presumed to exist if a person  acquires more than 10% of any
class of voting  stock  and the  stock is  registered  under  Section  12 of the
Exchange  Act  or the  acquiror  will  be  the  largest  shareholder  after  the
acquisition.

         As a result  of the  Parent's  ownership  of the  Bank,  the  Parent is
registered  under the  savings  bank  holding  company  laws of North  Carolina.
Accordingly,  the Parent is also subject to regulation  and  supervision  by the
North Carolina Administrator, Savings Institutions Division, North Carolina
Department of Commerce (the "Administrator").

         Capital Maintenance. There are a number of obligations and restrictions
imposed on bank holding companies and their depository institution  subsidiaries
by law and regulatory policy that are designed to minimize potential loss to the
depositors of such depository  institutions  and the Federal  Deposit  Insurance
Corporation (the "FDIC") insurance funds in the event the depository institution
becomes in danger of default  or in  default.  For  example,  under the  Federal
Deposit Insurance  Corporation  Improvement Act of 1991 ("1991 Banking Law"), to
avoid  receivership  of an insured  depository  institution  subsidiary,  a bank
holding  company  is  required  to  guarantee  the  compliance  of  any  insured
depository  institution subsidiary that may become  "undercapitalized"  with the
terms  of any  capital  restoration  plan  filed  by such  subsidiary  with  its
appropriate federal banking agency up to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5%
of  the  institution's   total  assets  at  the  time  the  institution   became
undercapitalized  or (ii) the  amount  which is  necessary  (or would  have been
necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all acceptable  capital
standards  as of the time the  institution  fails to comply  with  such  capital
restoration  plan.  Under a policy of the Federal  Reserve Board with respect to
bank holding company operations,  a bank holding company is required to serve as
a source of financial strength to its subsidiary depository  institutions and to
commit resources to support such  institutions in  circumstances  where it might
not do so absent such policy. The Federal Reserve Board under the BHCA, also has
the authority to require a bank holding  company to terminate any activity or to
relinquish control of a nonbank subsidiary (other than a nonbank subsidiary of a
bank) upon the  Federal  Reserve  Board's  determination  that such  activity or
control  constitutes a serious risk to the financial  soundness and stability of
any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company.

         In addition,  the  "cross-guarantee"  provisions of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act, as amended ("FDIA") require insured depository institutions under
common control to reimburse the FDIC for any loss suffered by either the Savings
Association  Insurance  Fund (the "SAIF") or the Bank Insurance Fund (the "BIF")
as  a  result  of  the  default  of a  commonly  controlled  insured  depository
institution or for any assistance  provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled
insured  depository  institution  in danger of default.  The FDIC may decline to
enforce the cross-guarantee  provisions if it determines that a waiver is in the
best  interest of the SAIF or the BIF or both.  The FDIC's  claim for damages is
superior to claims of stockholders of the insured depository  institution or its
holding  company but is subordinate to claims of depositors,  secured  creditors
and  holders of  subordinated  debt  (other  than  affiliates)  of the  commonly
controlled insured depository institutions.
<PAGE>
         In  connection  with  the  Administrator's  approval  of  the  Parent's
application to acquire control of the Bank, the Parent was required to execute a
Capital  Maintenance  Agreement  whereby  it has agreed to  maintain  the Bank's
capital in an amount  sufficient  to enable the Bank to satisfy  all  regulatory
capital requirements.

         Capital Adequacy Guidelines for Holding Companies.  The Federal Reserve
Board has adopted  capital  adequacy  guidelines for bank holding  companies and
banks that are members of the Federal Reserve Board system and have consolidated
assets of $150 million or more.  Bank holding  companies  subject to the Federal
Reserve  Board's  capital  adequacy  guidelines  are required to comply with the
Federal Reserve Board's risk-based capital regulations. Under these regulations,
the minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted  assets  (including  certain
off-balance  sheet  activities,  such as  standby  letters  of  credit) is eight
percent.  At least half of the total capital is required to be "Tier I capital,"
principally consisting of common stockholders' equity,  noncumulative  perpetual
preferred stock, and a limited amount of cumulative  perpetual  preferred stock,
less certain  goodwill items. The remainder ("Tier II capital") may consist of a
limited amount of  subordinated  debt,  certain hybrid capital  instruments  and
other debt  securities,  perpetual  preferred stock, and a limited amount of the
general loan loss allowance.  In addition to the risk-based capital  guidelines,
the Federal Reserve Board has adopted a minimum Tier I (leverage) capital ratio,
under  which a bank  holding  company  must  maintain a minimum  level of Tier I
capital to average  total  consolidated  assets of at least three percent in the
case of a bank  holding  company  which has the highest  regulatory  examination
rating and is not contemplating  significant growth or expansion. All other bank
holding companies are expected to maintain a Tier I (leverage)  capital ratio of
at least one percent to two percent above the stated minimum.

         Dividend and  Repurchase  Limitations.  The Parent's  sources of income
consist of dividends paid by the Bank to the Parent. Consequently,  declarations
of cash dividends by the Parent may depend upon dividend payments by the Bank to
the Parent,  which are subject to various  restrictions.  See " -- Regulation of
the Bank --  Restrictions  on Dividends  and Other Capital  Distributions."  The
Parent must obtain Federal Reserve Board approval prior to  repurchasing  Common
Stock for in excess of ten  percent  of its net worth  during  any  twelve-month
period  unless  the Parent (i) both  before and after the  redemption  satisfies
capital  requirements for "well capitalized" state member banks; (ii) received a
one or two rating in its last  examination;  and (iii) is not the subject of any
unresolved supervisory issues.

         The Parent is prohibited, under the North Carolina Business Corporation
Act,  from  paying a dividend if such  payment  would (i) cause the Parent to be
unable to pay its debts as they become due in the ordinary course of business or
(ii)  reduce the  Parent's  total  assets  below the sum of the  Parent's  total
liabilities  plus any amounts  which  would be needed,  if the Parent were to be
dissolved at the time of distribution,  to satisfy the preferential  rights that
are superior to holders of the Common Stock.

         Neither the  Administrator nor the FDIC has promulgated any regulations
specifically  limiting the right of the Parent to pay dividends  and  repurchase
shares. However, at the Administrator's  request, the Company has provided prior
notice to the Administrator of each dividend paid by the Company.
<PAGE>
         Federal Securities Law. The Parent has registered its Common Stock with
the SEC pursuant to Section  12(g) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as
amended  (the  "Exchange  Act") and will not  deregister  the Common Stock for a
period of three years following the completion of the Conversion. As a result of
such registration,  the proxy and tender offer rules,  insider trading reporting
requirements,  annual  and  periodic  reporting  and other  requirements  of the
Exchange Act are applicable to the Parent.

         The  registration  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended (the
"Securities  Act") of the Common Stock does not cover the resale of such shares.
Shares of the Common Stock  purchased by persons who are not  affiliates  of the
Parent may be resold without  registration.  Shares purchased by an affiliate of
the Parent are subject to the resale provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities
Act. So long as the Parent meets the current public information  requirements of
Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act,  each  affiliate of the Parent who complies
with the  other  conditions  of Rule  144  (including  those  that  require  the
affiliate's  sale to be aggregated  with those of certain other persons) will be
able to sell in the public market, without registration,  a number of shares not
to exceed,  in any  three-month  period,  the  greater of (i) one percent of the
outstanding shares of the Parent or (ii) the average weekly volume of trading in
such shares during the preceding four calendar  weeks.  Provision may be made in
the future by the Parent to permit  affiliates  to have their shares  registered
for sale  under  the  Securities  Act  under  certain  circumstances.  There are
currently no demand registration  rights outstanding.  However, in the event the
Parent at some  future  time  determines  to issue  additional  shares  from its
authorized but unissued shares,  the Parent might offer  registration  rights to
certain of its affiliates who want to sell their shares.

Regulation of the Bank

         General.   Federal   and  state   legislation   and   regulation   have
significantly  affected the operations of federally insured savings institutions
and other federally regulated  financial  institutions in the past several years
and have increased competition among savings institutions,  commercial banks and
other  providers of financial  services.  In addition,  federal  legislation has
imposed new  limitations  on  investment  authority,  and higher  insurance  and
examination  assessments on savings institutions and has made other changes that
may  adversely  affect  the future  operations  and  competitiveness  of savings
institutions with other financial  institutions,  including commercial banks and
their holding companies.  The operations of regulated  depository  institutions,
including  the Bank,  will  continue  to be subject  to  changes  in  applicable
statutes and regulations from time to time.

         The Bank is a North Carolina-chartered savings bank, is a member of the
Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") system, and its deposits are insured by the FDIC
through the SAIF. It is subject to  examination  and  regulation by the FDIC and
the  Administrator  and  to  regulations   governing  such  matters  as  capital
standards, mergers,  establishment of branch offices, subsidiary investments and
activities, and general investment authority. Such examination and regulation is
intended  primarily for the  protection of  depositors  and the federal  deposit
insurance funds.
<PAGE>
         The Bank is subject to various  regulations  promulgated by the Federal
Reserve  Board  including,  without  limitation,   Regulation  B  (Equal  Credit
Opportunity), Regulation D (Reserves), Regulation E (Electronic Fund Transfers),
Regulation   O  (Loans  to   Executive   Officers,   Directors   and   Principal
Shareholders),  Regulation Z (Truth in Lending),  Regulation CC (Availability of
Funds) and Regulation DD (Truth in Savings). As holders of loans secured by real
property and as owners of real property,  financial institutions,  including the
Bank,  may  be  subject  to  potential  liability  under  various  statutes  and
regulations  applicable to property  owners  generally,  including  statutes and
regulations relating to the environmental condition of real property.

         The FDIC has  extensive  enforcement  authority  over  the  Bank.  This
enforcement authority includes,  among other things, the ability to assess civil
money  penalties,  to issue  cease and desist or removal  orders and to initiate
injunctive  actions.  In general,  these enforcement actions may be initiated in
response to violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices.

         The grounds for  appointment  of a conservator  or receiver for a North
Carolina  savings  bank on the  basis of an  institution's  financial  condition
include:  (i)  insolvency,  in that the assets of the savings bank are less than
its liabilities to depositors and others; (ii) substantial dissipation of assets
or earnings  through  violations  of law or unsafe or unsound  practices;  (iii)
existence  of  an  unsafe  or  unsound  condition  to  transact  business;  (iv)
likelihood  that the  savings  bank will be unable  to meet the  demands  of its
depositors or to pay its  obligations in the normal course of business;  and (v)
insufficient  capital or the  incurring or likely  incurring of losses that will
deplete  substantially  all of the  institution's  capital  with  no  reasonable
prospect of replenishment of capital without federal assistance.

         Transactions with Affiliates.  Under current federal law,  transactions
between savings  institutions and any affiliate are governed by Sections 23A and
23B of the Federal  Reserve Act. An affiliate  of a savings  institution  is any
company or entity that  controls,  is controlled  by or is under common  control
with the savings  institution.  In a holding company context, the parent holding
company of a savings  institution and any companies which are controlled by such
parent  holding  company are affiliates of the savings  institution.  Generally,
Sections 23A and 23 B (i) establish certain collateral requirements for loans to
affiliates;  (ii)  limit  the  extent to which the  savings  institution  or its
subsidiaries may engage in "covered  transactions"  with any one affiliate to an
amount equal to 10% of such savings institution's capital stock and surplus, and
contain an aggregate  limit on all such  transactions  with all affiliates to an
amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus and (iii) require that all
such  transactions be on terms  substantially the same, or at least as favorable
to  the  savings  institution  or  the  subsidiary,   as  those  provided  to  a
nonaffiliate.  The term  "covered  transaction"  includes the making of loans or
other  extensions  of credit to an  affiliate,  the  purchase  of assets from an
affiliate, the purchase of, or an investment in, the securities of an affiliate,
the  acceptance  of  securities  of an  affiliate  as  collateral  for a loan or
extension  of credit to any person,  or issuance of a guarantee,  acceptance  or
letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate.

         Further,  current federal law has extended to savings  institutions the
restrictions  contained in Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act with respect
to loans to  directors,  executive  officers and principal  stockholders.  Under
Section 22(h),  loans to directors,  executive officers and stockholders who own
more than 10% of a savings institution and certain affiliated entities of any of
the foregoing, may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such
<PAGE>
person and affiliated entities, the savings institution's  loans-to-one borrower
limit as established by federal law (generally equal to 15% of the institution's
unimpaired  capital  and  surplus).  Section  22(h) also  prohibits  loans above
amounts  prescribed  by the  appropriate  federal  banking  agency to directors,
executive  officers  and  stockholders  who  own  more  than  10%  of a  savings
institution,  and their respective  affiliates,  unless such loan is approved in
advance by a majority of the board of directors of the savings institution.  Any
"interested"  director may not  participate in the voting.  The Federal  Reserve
Board has prescribed the loan amount (which includes all other outstanding loans
to such person),  as to which such prior board of director approval is required,
as being the  greater of  $25,000 or 5% of  unimpaired  capital  and  unimpaired
surplus (up to $500,000). Further, pursuant to Section 22(h) the Federal Reserve
Board  requires  that loans to  directors,  executive  officers,  and  principal
stockholders  be made on terms  substantially  the same as offered in comparable
transactions  to other  persons  and not  involve  more than the normal  risk of
repayment or present other  unfavorable  features.  Section 22(h) also generally
prohibits a  depository  institution  from paying the  overdrafts  of any of its
executive officers or directors.

         Insurance  of  Deposit  Accounts.  The FDIC  administers  two  separate
insurance  funds.  The SAIF  maintains  a fund to insure the  deposits  for most
savings institutions and the BIF maintains a fund to insure the deposits of most
commercial banks. The Bank is a member of the SAIF of the FDIC.

         The  Bank  is  required  to pay  assessments  to the  FDIC  based  on a
percentage  of  its  insured  deposits.  Under  the  FDIC's  risk-based  deposit
insurance  assessment  system,  the  assessment  rate for an insured  depository
institution  depends  on the  assessment  risk  classification  assigned  to the
institution by the FDIC, which is determined by the institution's  capital level
and  supervisory  evaluations.  Based on the data reported to regulators for the
date closest to the last day of the seventh  month  proceeding  the  semi-annual
assessment period, institutions are assigned to one of three capital groups well
capitalized,  adequately  capitalized  or  undercapitalized  -  using  the  same
percentage  criteria  as  in  the  prompt  corrective  action  regulations.  See
"--Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action."

         Within each capital  group,  institutions  are assigned to one of three
subgroups on the basis of  supervisory  evaluations by the  instution's  primary
supervisory  authority and such other  information as the FDIC  determines to be
relevant  to the  institution's  financial  condition  and the risk posed to the
deposit insurance fund.  Subgroup A consists of financially  sound  institutions
with only a few minor  weaknesses.  Subgroup B  consists  of  institutions  that
demonstrate  weaknesses  which,  if not  corrected,  could result in significant
deterioration  of the  institution  and  increased  risk of loss to the  deposit
insurance  fund.  Subgroup C consists of  institutions  that pose a  substantial
probability of loss to the deposit  insurance fund unless  effective  corrective
action is taken.

         The assessment  rate for SAIF members had ranged from 0.23% of deposits
for well  capitalized  institutions  in  Subgroup  A to 0.31%  of  deposits  for
undercapitalized  institutions  in Subgroup C while  assessments for over 90% of
the BIF had been the  statutory  minimum of $2,000.  However,  recently  enacted
legislation  provided for a one-time assessment equal to 65.7 basis points times
insured  deposits as of March 31, 1995.  This assessment  fully  capitalized the
<PAGE>
SAIF.  Accordingly,  although  the  special  assessment  resulted  in a $487,000
one-time charge to the Bank, the  recapitalization of the SAIF had the effect of
reducing the Bank's future  deposit  insurance  premiums to the SAIF.  Under the
recently enacted  legislation,  most BIF members will be assessed  approximately
1.3 basis points while the rate for most SAIF members will be approximately  6.4
basis points until  January 1, 2000.  At that time,  BIF and SAIF will begin pro
rata sharing of the payment at an expected rate of 2.43 basis points.

         The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured  depository
institution if it determines after a hearing that the institution has engaged or
is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition
to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, order or
any condition imposed by an agreement with the FDIC. It also may suspend deposit
insurance  temporarily during the hearing process for the permanent  termination
of  insurance,  if the  institution  has no tangible  capital.  If  insurance of
accounts  is  terminated,  the  accounts  at  the  institution  at the  time  of
termination,  less  subsequent  withdrawals,  shall continue to be insured for a
period of six months to two years,  as  determined  by the FDIC.  Management  is
aware of no  existing  circumstances  that could  result in  termination  of the
deposit insurance of the Bank.

         Community   Reinvestment   Act.   The  Bank,   like   other   financial
institutions,  is subject to the Community Reinvestment Act, as amended ("CRA").
A purpose of the CRA is to  encourage  financial  institutions  to help meet the
credit  needs  of  its  entire  community,  including  the  needs  of  low-  and
moderate-income  neighborhoods.  Financial institutions' compliance with the CRA
is regularly  evaluated by their  regulatory  agencies.  Under recently  adopted
regulations,  institutions are first evaluated and rated under three categories:
a lending test, an investment  test and a service test.  For each of these three
tests,  the  savings  bank is  given a rating  of  either  "outstanding,"  "high
satisfactory,"   "low   satisfactory,"   "needs  to  improve"  or   "substantial
non-compliance."  A  set  of  criteria  for  each  rating  is  included  in  the
regulation.   If  an  institution   disagrees  with  a  particular  rating,  the
institution has the burden of rebutting the presumption by clearly  establishing
that the quantative  measures do not accurately present its actual  performance,
or that  demographics,  competitive  conditions or economic or legal limitations
peculiar to the service area should be  considered.  The ratings  received under
the three  tests are used to  determine  the  overall  composite  CRA  rating of
"outstanding,"    "satisfactory,"    "needs   to   improve"   or    "substantial
non-compliance."

         During the Bank's last compliance  examination,  which was performed by
the FDIC  under the new CRA  regulations  in August  1998,  the Bank  received a
"satisfactory"  rating with respect to CRA  compliance.  The Bank's  rating with
respect to CRA  compliance  would be a factor to be  considered  by the  Federal
Reserve  Board and FDIC in  considering  applications  submitted  by the Bank to
acquire branches or to acquire or combine with other financial  institutions and
take other actions and could result in the denial of such applications.

         Capital  Requirements.  The FDIC  requires  the Bank to have a  minimum
leverage ratio of Tier I capital (principally consisting of common stockholders'
equity,  noncumulative  perpetual  preferred  stock and  minority  interests  in
consolidated subsidiaries, less certain intangible and goodwill items), to total
assets of at least three percent; provided, however that all institutions, other
than those (i) receiving the highest rating during the  examination  process and
(ii) not  anticipating or experiencing any significant  growth,  are required to
<PAGE>
maintain a ratio of one percent or two percent above the stated minimum, with an
absolute  minimum  leverage  ratio of not less than four percent.  The FDIC also
requires  the Bank to have a ratio of total  capital  to  risk-weighted  assets,
including  certain  off-balance  sheet  activities,  such as standby  letters of
credit,  of at least  eight  percent.  At least  half of the  total  capital  is
required to be Tier I capital.  The remainder (Tier II capital) may consist of a
limited amount of subordinated debt, certain hybrid capital  instruments,  other
debt  securities,  certain  types of  preferred  stock and a  limited  amount of
general loan loss allowance.

         An institution  that fails to meet minimum capital  requirements may be
subject to a capital  directive  which is  enforceable in the same manner and to
the same  extent as a final  cease and desist  order,  and must submit a capital
plan within 60 days to the FDIC.  If the leverage  ratio falls to two percent or
less,  the  institution  may be deemed to be  operating  in an unsafe or unsound
condition,  allowing the FDIC to take  various  enforcement  actions,  including
possible   termination   of  insurance  or  placement  of  the   institution  in
receivership.

         The  Administrator  requires that net worth equal at least five percent
of total  assets.  Intangible  assets must be deducted from net worth and assets
when computing compliance with this requirement.

         At  June  30,  1999,  the  Bank  complied  with  each  of  the  capital
requirements of the FDIC and the Administrator.  For a description of the Bank's
required  and  actual  capital  levels  on June 30,  1999,  see  Note  captioned
"Stockholders Equity" on pages 40-41 of the 1999 Annual Report.

         Each  federal  banking  agency  was  required  by  law  to  revise  its
risk-based  capital  standards  to ensure  that those  standards  take  adequate
account of interest  rate risk,  concentration  of credit risk,  and the risk of
nontraditional  activities,  as well  as  reflect  the  actual  performance  and
expected risk of loss on multi-family  mortgages. On August 2, 1995, the federal
banking agencies issued a joint notice of adoption of final  risk-based  capital
rules to take account of interest rate risk.  The final  regulation  required an
assessment  of  the  need  for  additional  capital  on  a  case-by-case  basis,
considering  both the level of measured  exposure and qualitative  risk factors.
The final rule also  stated an intent to, in the future,  establish  an explicit
minimum  capital  charge for  interest  rate risk based on the level of a bank's
measured  interest  rate  risk  exposure.  The  final  regulation  has not had a
material impact on the Bank's capital requirements.

         Effective June 26, 1996, the federal  banking  agencies  issued a joint
policy statement  announcing the agencies'  election not to adopt a standardized
measure and explicit capital charge for interest rate risk at that time. Rather,
the policy  statement (i)  identifies  the main elements of sound  interest rate
risk  management,  (ii) describes  prudent  principles and practices for each of
those elements, and (iii) describes the critical factors affecting the agencies'
evaluation of a bank's interest rate risk when making a determination of capital
adequacy. The joint policy statement has not had a material impact on the Bank's
management of interest rate risk.
<PAGE>
         In December 1994, the FDIC adopted a final rule changing its risk-based
capital  rules to  recognize  the  effect of  bilateral  netting  agreements  in
reducing  the credit risk of two types of  financial  derivatives  interest  and
exchange  rate  contracts.  Under the rule,  savings  banks are permitted to net
positive  and negative  mark-to-market  values of rate  contracts  with the same
counterparty,  subject to legally  enforceable  bilateral netting contracts that
meet  certain  criteria.  This  represents  a change  from the prior rules which
recognized only a very limited form of netting. This rule has not had a material
effect upon its financial condition or results of operations.

         Loans-to-One-Borrower.  The  Bank  is  subject  to the  Administrator's
loans-to-one-borrower  limits.  Under these limits,  no loans and  extensions of
credit to any borrower  outstanding at one time and not fully secured by readily
marketable  collateral  shall  exceed 15% of the net worth of the savings  bank.
Loans and  extensions of credit fully secured by readily  marketable  collateral
may comprise an  additional  10% of net worth.  Notwithstanding  the limits just
described,  savings banks may make loans to one borrower, for any purpose, in an
amount up to $500,000. A savings institution also is authorized to make loans to
one borrower to develop  domestic  residential  housing units, not to exceed the
lesser of $30 million, or 30% of the savings  institution's net worth,  provided
that (i) the purchase price of each  single-family  dwelling in the  development
does not exceed $500,000; (ii) the savings institution is in compliance with its
fully  phased-in  capital  requirements;  (iii) the loans comply with applicable
loan-to-value  requirements;  (iv) the aggregate amount of loans made under this
authority does not exceed 150% of net worth; and (v) the institution's regulator
issues an order  permitting  the savings  institution  to use this higher limit.
These  limits  also  authorize a savings  bank to make loans to one  borrower to
finance the sale of real property acquired in satisfaction of debts in an amount
up to 50% of net worth.

         As of June 30, 1999,  the largest  aggregate  amount of loans which the
Bank had to any one borrower was $2,100,000.  The Bank had no loans  outstanding
which management believes violate the applicable loans to one borrower limits.

         Federal  Home Loan Bank  System.  The FHLB  system  provides  a central
credit facility for member institutions. As a member of the FHLB of Atlanta, the
Bank is  required  to own  capital  stock in the FHLB of Atlanta in an amount at
least equal to the greater of one percent of the aggregate  principal  amount of
its unpaid  residential  mortgage  loans,  home  purchase  contracts and similar
obligations at the end of each calendar year, or five percent of its outstanding
advances  (borrowings) from the FHLB of Atlanta.  On June 30, 1999, the Bank was
in compliance with this  requirement with an investment in FHLB of Atlanta stock
of $1,036,000.

         Federal  Reserve  System.  Regulation  D,  promulgated  by the  Federal
Reserve Board,  imposes  reserve  requirements  on all depository  institutions,
including  savings banks and savings  institutions,  which maintain  transaction
accounts or  non-personal  time deposits.  Checking  accounts,  NOW accounts and
certain  other types of  accounts  that permit  payments or  transfers  to third
parties fall within the  definition of  transaction  accounts and are subject to
Regulation  D  reserve  requirements,  as are  any  non-personal  time  deposits
(including certain money market deposit accounts) at a savings institution.  For
1998, a depository  institution must maintain average daily reserves equal to 3%
of the first $47.8 million of net transaction accounts, plus 10% of that portion
of total transaction accounts in excess of $47.8 million. The first $4.7 million
of otherwise reservable balances are exempt from the reserve requirements. These
percentages  and  threshold  limits are  subject to  adjustment  by the  Federal
Reserve Board.
<PAGE>
         Restrictions on  Acquisitions.  Federal law generally  provides that no
"person,"  acting  directly or  indirectly  or through or in concert with one or
more  other  persons,  may  acquire  "control,"  as that term is defined in FDIC
regulations,  of a insured  institution without giving at least 60 days' written
notice to the FDIC and  providing  the FDIC an  opportunity  to  disapprove  the
proposed acquisition. Pursuant to regulations governing acquisitions of control,
control of an insured  institution is conclusively deemed to have been acquired,
among other things, upon the acquisition of more than twenty five percent of any
class of voting stock.  In addition,  control is presumed to have been acquired,
subject to rebuttal,  upon the acquisition of more than ten percent of any class
of voting  stock.  Such  acquisitions  of control  may be  disapproved  if it is
determined,  among other things,  that (i) the acquisition  would  substantially
lessen  competition;  (ii) the financial condition of the acquiring person might
jeopardize  the  financial  stability  of the  savings  bank  or  prejudice  the
interests of its depositors; or (iii) the competency, experience or integrity of
the acquiring  person or the proposed  management  personnel  indicates  that it
would not be in the  interest  of the  depositors  or the  public to permit  the
acquisition of control by such person.

         Liquidity. The Bank is subject to the Administrator's  requirement that
the  ratio of liquid  assets to total  assets  equal at least ten  percent.  The
computation of liquidity under North Carolina regulation allows the inclusion of
mortgage-backed  securities  and  investments  which,  in  the  judgment  of the
Administrator,  have a readily  marketable  value,  including  investments  with
maturities  in excess of five  years.  At June 30,  1999,  the Bank's  liquidity
ratio,   calculated  in  accordance   with  North  Carolina   regulations,   was
approximately 29%.

         Prompt Corrective  Regulatory Action. The 1991 Banking Law provided the
federal banking agencies with broad powers to take corrective  action to resolve
problems of insured depository institutions.  The extent of these powers depends
upon whether the  institutions in question are "well  capitalized,"  "adequately
capitalized,"    "undercapitalized,"    "significantly   undercapitalized,"   or
"critically  undercapitalized."  Under the FDIC  regulations  applicable  to the
Bank, an  institution  is considered  "well  capitalized"  if it has (i) a total
risk-based  capital  ratio of ten percent or greater,  (ii) a Tier I  risk-based
capital ratio of six percent or greater,  (iii) a leverage ratio of five percent
or greater and (iv) is not subject to any order or written directive to meet and
maintain  a specific  capital  level for any  capital  measure.  An  "adequately
capitalized"  institution  is  defined  as one that  has (i) a total  risk-based
capital  ratio of eight  percent or greater,  (ii) a Tier I  risk-based  capital
ratio of four  percent or greater and (iii) a leverage  ratio of four percent or
greater  (or three  percent or greater  in the case of an  institution  with the
highest  examination  rating  and  which  is not  experiencing  or  anticipating
significant growth). An institution is considered (A)  "undercapitalized"  if it
has (i) a total risk-based capital ratio of less than eight percent, (ii) a Tier
I risk-based  capital ratio of less than four percent or (iii) a leverage  ratio
of less than four percent (or three percent in the case of an  institution  with
the highest  examination  rating and which is not  experiencing  or anticipating
significant growth); (B) "significantly undercapitalized" if the institution has
(i) a total risk-based capital ratio of less than six percent,  or (ii) a Tier I
risk-based capital ratio of less than three percent or (iii) a leverage ratio of
less than three percent and (C) "critically undercapitalized" if the institution
has a ratio of  tangible  equity  to  total  assets  equal  to or less  than two
percent.  The Bank is  considered to be "well  capitalized"  under the rules set
forth above.
<PAGE>
         Interstate  Banking.  The Riegle-Neal  Interstate Banking and Branching
Efficiency Act of 1994 (the "Interstate  Banking Act"),  effective September 29,
1995, permits adequately  capitalized bank and savings bank holding companies to
acquire control of banks and savings banks in any state.

         Such  interstate  acquisitions  are  subject to  certain  restrictions.
States may  require  the bank or savings  bank  being  acquired  to have been in
existence  for a certain  length of time but not in  excess  of five  years.  In
addition,  no bank or  savings  bank may  acquire  more than 10% of the  insured
deposits in the United  States or more than 30% of the  insured  deposits in any
one state, unless the state has specifically legislated a higher deposit cap.
States are free to legislate stricter deposit caps.

         The  Interstate  Banking Act also  provides for  interstate  branching,
effective June 1, 1997,  allowing interstate  branching in all states,  provided
that a particular  state has not  specifically  denied  interstate  branching by
legislation prior to such time. Unlike  interstate  acquisitions,  a state could
deny interstate  branching if it specifically  elected to do so by June 1, 1997.
States  could  choose  to allow  interstate  branching  prior to June 1, 1997 by
opting-in to a group of states that permitteds these transactions.  These states
generally allow interstate  branching via a merger of an out-of-state  bank with
an in-state  bank, or on a de novo basis.  North  Carolina  enacted  legislation
permitting  branching  transactions  prior to June 1,  1997,  and did not  adopt
legislation electing to deny interstate branching.

         It is  anticipated  that  the  Interstate  Banking  Act  will  increase
competition  within the  markets in which the Bank now  operates,  although  the
extent to which such  competition will increase in such markets or the timing of
such  increase  cannot  be  predicted.  To date  the  Bank  has not  experienced
significant  increased competition at its Hillsborough office as a result of the
passage of the  Interstate  Banking  Act.  However,  the Durham and Chapel  Hill
offices recently opened by the Bank have had much more increased  competition as
a result of the Interstate Banking Act.

         Restrictions  on Dividends  and Other  Capital  Distributions.  A North
Carolina-chartered stock savings bank may not declare or pay a cash dividend on,
or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect of such transaction  would
be to reduce the net worth of the  institution  to an amount  which is less than
the minimum amount  required by applicable  federal and state  regulations.  See
"--Capital  Requirements." In addition, a North Carolina-chartered stock savings
bank, for a period of five years after its conversion from mutual to stock form,
must obtain the written  approval  from the  Administrator  before  declaring or
paying a cash  dividend on its capital  stock in an amount in excess of one-half
of the greater of (i) the  institution's  net income for the most recent  fiscal
year end, or (ii) the average of the  institution's  net income after  dividends
for the most  recent  fiscal  year end and not more than two of the  immediately
preceding   fiscal  year  ends,  if  applicable.   The  Bank  has  obtained  the
Administrator's prior approval for each dividend paid by the Bank to the Parent.

         Retained  income at June 30, 1999,  includes  approximately  $2,777,000
million for which no provision for federal income tax has been made. This amount
represents an allocation of income to bad debt deductions for tax purposes only.
Payment of  dividends by the Bank out of this bad debt  allocation  would create
taxable income equal to approximately 164% of the dividend for the Bank.
<PAGE>
         At the time of the  Conversion,  the  Bank  established  a  liquidation
account in an amount  equal to its net worth at June 30, 1995.  The  liquidation
account is maintained for the benefit of eligible  deposit  account  holders who
continue to maintain  their deposit  accounts in the Bank after the  Conversion.
Only in the event of a complete  liquidation would each eligible deposit account
holder be entitled to receive a  liquidating  distribution  in the amount of the
then current  adjusted  subaccount  balance for the deposit  accounts before any
liquidation distribution may be made with respect to the Common Stock. Dividends
paid by the Bank to the Parent cannot reduce the net worth of the Bank below the
amount required for this liquidation account.

         Also, without the prior written approval of the Administrator,  a North
Carolina-chartered  stock  savings  bank,  for a period of five years  after its
conversion  from mutual to stock  form,  may not  repurchase  any of its capital
stock.  The  Administrator  will give approval to repurchase only upon a showing
that the proposed  repurchase will not adversely affect the safety and soundness
of the institution.

         Additional   Limitations  on  Activities.   FDIC  law  and  regulations
generally  provide  that the Bank may not  engage  as  principal  in any type of
activity,  or in any activity in an amount, not permitted for national banks, or
directly  acquire or retain any equity  investment of a type or in an amount not
permitted for national  banks.  The FDIC has authority to grant  exceptions from
these  prohibitions  (other than with respect to non-service  corporation equity
investments) if it determines no significant risk to the insurance fund is posed
by the amount of the investment or the activity to be engaged in and if the Bank
is and continues to be in compliance  with fully  phased-in  capital  standards.
National banks are generally not permitted to hold equity investments other than
shares of service corporations and certain federal agency securities.  Moreover,
the activities in which service  corporations for savings banks are permitted to
engage are limited to those of service corporations for national banks.

         Savings  banks are also  required  to notify  the FDIC at least 30 days
prior to the establishment or acquisition of any subsidiary, or at least 30 days
prior to conducting any such new activity. Any such activities must be conducted
in accordance with the regulations and orders of the FDIC and the Administrator.
Savings  banks  are  also  generally  prohibited  from  directly  or  indirectly
acquiring or retaining  any  corporate  debt  security that is not of investment
grade (generally referred to as "junk bonds").

         Other North Carolina Regulation. As a North Carolina-chartered  savings
bank,   the  Bank  derives  its  authority   from,  and  is  regulated  by,  the
Administrator.   The  Administrator  has  the  right  to  promulgate  rules  and
regulations  necessary for the  supervision  and  regulation  of North  Carolina
savings  banks  under his  jurisdiction  and for the  protection  of the  public
investing in such  institutions.  The regulatory  authority of the Administrator
includes, but is not limited to: the establishment of reserve requirements;  the
regulation of the payment of dividends; the regulation of stock repurchases, the
regulation of incorporators,  stockholders,  directors,  officers and employees;
the  establishment  of  permitted  types of  withdrawable  accounts and types of
contracts for savings programs, loans and investments; and the regulation of the
conduct  and   management  of  savings   banks,   chartering  and  branching  of
institutions, mergers, conversions and conflicts of interest. North Carolina law
requires  that the Bank  maintain  federal  deposit  insurance as a condition of
doing business.
<PAGE>
         The    Administrator    conducts   regular    examinations   of   North
Carolina-chartered  savings banks. The purpose of such examinations is to assure
that  institutions  are being  operated  in  compliance  with  applicable  North
Carolina law and regulations and in a safe and sound manner.  These examinations
are  usually  conducted  on a joint  basis  with  the  FDIC.  In  addition,  the
Administrator  is required to conduct an examination of any institution  when he
has  good  reason  to  believe  that  the  standing  and  responsibility  of the
institution is of doubtful character or when he otherwise deems it prudent.  The
Administrator  is  empowered  to  order  the  revocation  of the  license  of an
institution  if he finds that it has  violated or is in  violation  of any North
Carolina law or regulation and that revocation is necessary in order to preserve
the assets of the institution  and protect the interests of its depositors.  The
Administrator  has the power to issue  cease and desist  orders if any person or
institution is engaging in, or has engaged in, any unsafe or unsound practice or
unfair  and  discriminatory  practice  in  the  conduct  of its  business  or in
violation of any other law, rule or regulation.

         A North  Carolina-chartered  savings  bank  must  maintain  net  worth,
computed in accordance with the Administrator's requirements, of five percent of
total assets and liquidity of ten percent of total assets,  as discussed  above.
Additionally,  a North  Carolina-chartered  savings bank is required to maintain
general  valuation  allowances and specific loss reserves in the same amounts as
required by the FDIC.

         Subject to limitation by the  Administrator,  North  Carolina-chartered
savings banks may make any loan or investment or engage in any activity which is
permitted   to   federally    chartered    institutions.    However,   a   North
Carolina-chartered  savings bank cannot invest more than 15% of its total assets
in business,  commercial,  corporate  and  agricultural  loans without the prior
approval of the  Administrator.  In addition to such  lending  authority,  North
Carolina-chartered  savings banks are  authorized to invest funds,  in excess of
loan demand, in certain  statutorily  permitted  investments,  including but not
limited to (i) obligations of the United States, or those guaranteed by it; (ii)
obligations of the State of North Carolina;  (iii) bank demand or time deposits;
(iv) stock or obligations of the federal  deposit  insurance fund or a FHLB; (v)
savings  accounts  of any  savings  institution  as  approved  by the  board  of
directors;  and (vi)  stock or  obligations  of any agency of the State of North
Carolina or of the United States or of any  corporation  doing business in North
Carolina whose principal business is to make education loans.

         North  Carolina law provides a procedure by which savings  institutions
may consolidate or merge, subject to approval of the Administrator. The approval
is conditioned upon findings by the Administrator that, among other things, such
merger or  consolidation  will  promote  the best  interests  of the  members or
stockholders of the merging  institutions.  North Carolina law also provides for
simultaneous  mergers and conversions and for supervisory  mergers  conducted by
the Administrator.

         Future Requirements.  Statutes and regulations are regularly introduced
which contain  wide-ranging  proposals for altering the structures,  regulations
and competitive relationships of financial institutions.  It cannot be predicted
whether or what form any proposed  statute or regulation  will be adopted or the
extent to which the  business of the Company may be affected by such  statute or
regulation.
 <PAGE>
Subsidiaries

         The  Bank is the  only  subsidiary  of the  Parent.  The  Bank  has one
subsidiary,  HSB Financial  Services,  Inc., that was  incorporated  under North
Carolina Law in January of 1998. HSB Financial  Services,  Inc. was  established
for the primary  purpose of selling  mutual  funds and other  retail  nondeposit
investments.  HSB Financial Services, Inc. currently has one employee. The total
assets of HSB Financial  Services,  Inc. at June 30, 1999 were $20,582,  the net
income for that subsidiary for the year ended June 30, 1999 was $6,132.

Employees

         As of  June  30,  1999,  the  Bank  had 47  full-time  employees  and 3
part-time  employees.  The Bank  provides  its  employees  with  basic and major
medical  insurance,  life  insurance,  sick  leave  and  vacation  benefits.  In
addition, the Bank maintains a 401(k) retirement plan pursuant to which the Bank
matches one-half of employees'  contributions,  with its contribution limited to
three percent of each employee's salary.

         The Bank also has an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "ESOP"),  which
provides  benefits to employees of the Bank.  Also, the directors,  officers and
employees of the Bank  participate  in the Management  Recognition  Plan and the
Stock Option Plan,  under which  105,800  shares of  restricted  stock have been
awarded  and  options  to  purchase  253,334  shares of Common  Stock  have been
granted, respectively.

         Employees are not  represented  by any union or  collective  bargaining
group, and the Company considers its employee relations to be good.

Federal Income Taxation

         Savings  institutions  such  as the  Bank  are  subject  to the  taxing
provisions of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the "Code"),  for
corporations,  as modified by certain  provisions  specifically  applicable  for
financial or thrift institutions. Income is reported using the accrual method of
accounting. The maximum corporate federal income tax rate is 35%.

         For  fiscal  years  beginning  prior  to  December  31,  1995,   thrift
institutions  which  qualified  under  certain   definitional  tests  and  other
conditions of the Code were permitted  certain  favorable  provisions  regarding
their  deductions  from  taxable  income for annual  additions to their bad debt
reserve.  A  reserve  could be  established  for bad  debts on  qualifying  real
property loans (generally  loans secured by interests in real property  improved
or to be improved) under (i) a method based on a percentage of the institution's
taxable income,  as adjusted (the "percentage of taxable income method") or (ii)
a method based on actual loss experience (the "experience method").  The reserve
for nonqualifying loans was computed using the experience method.

         The  percentage  of taxable  income method was limited to 8% of taxable
income.  This method could not raise the reserve to exceed 6% of qualifying real
property  loans at the end of the year.  Moreover,  the additions for qualifying
real property loans, when added to nonqualifying  loans, could not exceed 12% of
the amount by which total deposits or  withdrawable  accounts  exceed the sum of
surplus,  undivided  profits and  reserves  at the  beginning  of the year.  The
experience method was the amount necessary to increase the balance of the
<PAGE>
reserve at the close of the year to the greater of (i) the amount which bore the
same  ratio to loans  outstanding  at the close of the year as the total net bad
debts  sustained  during the current and five preceding years bore to the sum of
the loans  outstanding at the close of such six years or (ii) the balance in the
reserve  account at the close of the last  taxable  year  beginning  before 1988
(assuming that the loans outstanding have not declined since such date).

         In order to qualify for the percentage of income method, an institution
had to have at least 60% of its assets as  "qualifying  assets" which  generally
included,  cash,  obligations  of the United  States  government or an agency or
instrumentality thereof or of a state or political subdivision, residential real
estate-related  loans, or loans secured by savings accounts and property used in
the  conduct  of  its  business.  In  addition,  it had to  meet  certain  other
supervisory  tests and operate  principally for the purpose of acquiring savings
and investing in loans.

         As a result of changes in law,  thrift  institutions  were  required to
change to either the  reserve  method or the  specific  charge-off  method  that
applied to banks.  Large thrift  institutions,  those  generally  exceeding $500
million  in  assets,  had to  convert  to the  specific  charge-off  method.  In
computing  its bad debt  reserve for  federal  income  taxes,  the Bank used the
reserve method in fiscal years 1997, 1998 and 1999.

         Bad debt reserve  balances in excess of the balance  computed under the
experience method or amounts maintained in a supplemental reserve built up prior
to 1962 ("excess bad debt  reserve")  require  inclusion in taxable  income upon
certain   distributions   to   shareholders.   Distributions  in  redemption  or
liquidation  of stock or  distributions  with  respect to its stock in excess of
earnings and profits accumulated in years beginning after December 31, 1951, are
treated  as a  distribution  from the  excess  bad  debt  reserve.  When  such a
distribution  takes place and it is treated as from the excess bad debt reserve,
the thrift is required  to reduce its reserve by such amount and  simultaneously
recognize  the amount as an item of taxable  income  increased  by the amount of
income tax imposed on the  inclusion.  Dividends  not in excess of earnings  and
profits  accumulated  since December 31, 1951 will not require inclusion of part
or all of the bad debt  reserve  in  taxable  income.  The Bank has  accumulated
earnings and profits  since  December 31, 1951 and has an excess in its bad debt
reserve. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits
will increase  taxable income.  Net retained  earnings at June 30, 1999 includes
approximately  $2,777,000 for which no provision for federal income tax has been
made.

         Legislation  passed by the U.S. Congress and signed by the President in
August 1996 contains a provision  that repeals the  percentage of taxable income
method of accounting for thrift bad debt reserves for tax years  beginning after
December 31, 1995. The legislation  will trigger bad debt reserve  recapture for
post-1987 excess reserves over a six-year  period.  At June 30, 1999, the Bank's
post-1987  excess  reserves  amounted  to  approximately   $534,000.  A  special
provision  suspends  recapture of post-1987  excess reserves for up to two years
if,  during  those  years,  the  institution   satisfies  a  "residential   loan
requirement."  This  requirement  will  be met if the  principal  amount  of the
institution's  residential loans exceeds a base year amount, which is determined
by reference to the average of the  institution's  residential  loans during the
six taxable years ending before January 1, 1996. However,  notwithstanding  this
special  provision,  recapture  must begin no later than the first  taxable year
beginning after December 31, 1997.
<PAGE>
         The Bank may also be subject to the corporate  alternative  minimum tax
("AMT").  This tax is  applicable  only to the  extent it  exceeds  the  regular
corporate income tax. The AMT is imposed at the rate of 20% of the corporation's
alternative  minimum  taxable income  ("AMTI")  subject to applicable  statutory
exemptions. AMTI is calculated by adding certain tax preference items and making
certain  adjustments to the  corporation's  regular taxable  income.  Preference
items and adjustments  generally applicable to financial  institutions  include,
but are not limited to, the following:  (i) the excess of the bad debt deduction
over  the  amount  that  would  have  been  allowable  on the  basis  of  actual
experience;  (ii)  interest on certain  tax-exempt  bonds issued after August 7,
1986; and (iii) 75% of the excess, if any, of a corporation's  adjusted earnings
and profits over its AMTI (as otherwise  determined  with certain  adjustments).
Net operating loss carryovers,  subject to certain adjustments,  may be utilized
to offset up to 90% of the AMTI.  Credit for AMT paid may be available in future
years to reduce future regular  federal  income tax liability.  The Bank has not
been subject to the AMT in recent years.

         The Bank's federal income tax returns have not been audited in the last
ten tax years.  The  Parent's  1996  federal  income tax return was  examined in
fiscal 1999 and was  accepted by the Internal  Revenue  Service with no proposed
adjustments.  The Bank and Parent filed  separate  federal  returns until fiscal
1997 and began filing consolidated returns in fiscal 1998.

State Taxation

         Under North Carolina law, the corporate income tax in 1997 was 7.50% of
federal taxable income as computed under the Code, subject to certain prescribed
adjustments.  The North Carolina corporate tax rate dropped to 7.25% in 1998 and
will drop to 7.00% in 1999 and 6.90%  thereafter.  An annual state franchise tax
is imposed at a rate of 0.15% applied to the greatest of the  institution's  (i)
capital  stock,  surplus and  undivided  profits,  (ii)  investment  in tangible
property in North  Carolina or (iii)  appraised  valuation  of property in North
Carolina.


ITEM 2.           PROPERTIES

         At June 30, 1999, the Company conducted its business from three offices
in  Hillsborough,  Durham and Chapel Hill,  North Carolina.  The following table
sets  forth  certain  information  regarding  the  Company's  owned  and  leased
properties  as of June 30, 1999.  The  Hillsborough  and Chapel Hill Offices are
owned by the Company,  and the Durham Office is leased under an operating  lease
that expires in 2013.

                                             Owned                    Net Book
                                               Or                     Value of
         Address                             Leased                   Property
         -------                             ------                   --------

260 South Churton Street                     Owned                   $1,334,000
Hillsborough, North Carolina  27278

1406 E. Franklin Street                      Owned                    $940,000
Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27514

3400 Westgate Drive                          Leased                   $254,000
Durham, North Carolina 27707
<PAGE>
         In addition to the  properties  described  above,  the Company owns two
additional office buildings located in Hillsborough,  North Carolina, one at 112
North Churton Street (former branch location) and another  directly  adjacent to
the North Churton  Street  building.  These  properties  have net book values of
$39,000 and  $15,000,  respectively,  as of June 30, 1999 and were both used for
rental  office  space.  The total net book value of the  Company's  premises and
equipment on June 30, 1999 was $3,213,000.  The properties are considered by the
Company's management to be in good condition.

ITEM 3.           LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         In the  opinion  of  management,  the  Company is not  involved  in any
pending legal proceedings other than routine, non-material proceedings occurring
in the ordinary course of business.

ITEM 4.           SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

         No matter was submitted to a vote of the Company's  stockholders during
the quarter ended June 30, 1999.

                                     PART II


ITEM 5.           MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
                  MATTERS

         The  information  required  by this Item is set forth under the section
captioned  "Capital  Stock"  in  the  Company's  1999  Annual  Report  which  is
incorporated  herein by reference.  See also "Item 1. BUSINESS  SUPERVISION  AND
REGULATION--Regulation of the Parent--Dividend and Repurchase Limitations" and "
- --Regulation   of  the   Bank--Restrictions   on  Dividends  and  Other  Capital
Distributions" above for a detailed discussion of regulatory  restrictions which
limit the ability to pay dividends.

ITEM 6.           SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

         The  information  required  by this  Item  is set  forth  in the  table
captioned  "Selected  Financial  Data" on page 2 of the  Company's  1999  Annual
Report which is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 7.           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                  AND RESULTS OF OPERATION

         See the  information  set forth under Item 1 above and the  information
set forth under the section captioned "Management's Discussion and Analysis " on
pages 7-22 of the Company's  1999 Annual  Report which  section is  incorporated
herein by reference.

ITEM 7A.          QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

         The  information  required by this Item is set forth under the sections
captioned  "Liquidity  and Interest Rate Risk  Management"  and "Market Risk" on
pages 17 and 18 of the Company's  Annual Report which is incorporated  herein by
reference.
<PAGE>
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

         The consolidated  financial statements of the Company and supplementary
data  set  forth  on  pages  24-47  in the  Company's  1999  Annual  Report  are
incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9.           CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
                  AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         There  were  no  changes  in  or  disagreements   with  accountants  on
accounting and financial  disclosure  during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1999
and the interim subsequent period.


                                    PART III

ITEM 10.          DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

         The  information  required  by this Item is set forth under the section
captioned  "Proposal 1 - Election of Directors"  in the Proxy  Statement for the
1999 Annual  Meeting of  Shareholders  of Piedmont  Bancorp,  Inc. to be held on
November 18, 1999 (the "Proxy  Statement")  and the section  captioned  "Section
16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting  Compliance" in the Proxy Statement,  which
sections are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11.          EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         The  information  required by this Item is set forth under the sections
captioned  "Proposal 1 - Election of  Directors - Director  Compensation"  and "
Management Compensation" in the Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated
herein by reference.

ITEM 12.          SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

         The  information  required  by this  Item  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference from the section captioned  "Security  Ownership of Certain Beneficial
Owners" in the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13.          CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         There have been no reportable  transactions  since the beginning of the
Company's  last fiscal year nor are any reportable  transactions  proposed as of
the date of this Form 10-K. See also the section captioned  "Proposal 1 Election
of Directors - Certain Indebtedness and Transactions of Management" in the Proxy
Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference.
<PAGE>
                                     PART IV

ITEM 14.          EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM
                  8-K

14(a)             Consolidated  Financial Statements (contained in the Company's
                  1999  Annual  Report  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  (13)  and
                  incorporated herein by reference) including the following:

                  (1)      Independent Auditors' Report

                  (2)      Consolidated  Balance  Sheets as of June 30, 1999 and
                           1998

                  (3)      Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended
                           June 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997

                  (4)      Consolidated  Statements of Stockholders'  Equity and
                           Comprehensive  Income  for the Years  Ended  June 30,
                           1999, 1998 and 1997

                  (5)      Consolidated  Statements  of Cash Flows for the Years
                           Ended June 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997

                  (6)      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


14(a)2.                    Financial Statement Schedules

                  All schedules have been omitted as the required information is
                  either  inapplicable  or included in the Notes to Consolidated
                  Financial Statements.

14(a)3.                    Exhibits

                  Exhibit (3)(i)      Articles  of  Incorporation,  incorporated
                                      herein by  reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the
                                      Company's  Registration  Statement on Form
                                      S-1 (No.  33-94512) filed on July 12, 1995
                                      and  amended  on  September  27,  1995 and
                                      October 6, 1995

                  Exhibit (3)(ii)     Bylaws, as amended August 19, 1999

                  Exhibit (4)         Specimen Stock  Certificate,  incorporated
                                      herein by  reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the
                                      Company's  Registration  Statement on Form
                                      S-1 (No.  33-94512) filed on July 12, 1995
                                      and  amended  on  September  27,  1995 and
                                      October 6, 1995
<PAGE>
                  Exhibit (10)(a)     Piedmont Bancorp,  Inc. Stock Option Plan,
                                      incorporated   herein  by   reference   to
                                      Exhibit  (10)(ii)(a)  of the  Registrant's
                                      Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1996

                  Exhibit             (10)(b)  Hillsborough  Savings Bank, Inc.,
                                      SSB    Management     Recognition    Plan,
                                      incorporated   herein  by   reference   to
                                      Exhibit  (10)(ii)(b)  of the  Registrant's
                                      Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1996

                  Exhibit (10)(c)     Employment  Agreement between Hillsborough
                                      Savings  Bank,  Inc.,  SSB  and  D.  Tyson
                                      Clayton,  incorporated herein by reference
                                      to   Exhibit   10.2   of   the   Company's
                                      Registration  Statement  on Form  S-1 (No.
                                      33-94512)  filed  on  July  12,  1995  and
                                      amended on September  27, 1995 and October
                                      6, 1995

                  Exhibit (10)(d)     Employment  Agreement between Hillsborough
                                      Savings  Bank,  Inc.,  SSB  and  Peggy  S.
                                      Walker,  incorporated  herein by reference
                                      to   Exhibit   10.2   of   the   Company's
                                      Registration  Statement  on Form  S-1 (No.
                                      33-94512)  filed  on  July  12,  1995  and
                                      amended on September  27, 1995 and October
                                      6, 1995

                  Exhibit (10)(e)     Employment  Agreement between Hillsborough
                                      Savings Bank,  Inc.,  SSB and Ted R. Laws,
                                      incorporated   herein  by   reference   to
                                      Exhibit  (10)(ii)(e)  of the  Registrant's
                                      Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1997

                  Exhibit (10)(f)     Employment  Agreement between Hillsborough
                                      Savings  Bank,  Inc.,  SSB and  Thomas  W.
                                      Wayne, incorporated herein by reference to
                                      Exhibit  (10)(ii)(f)  of the  Registrant's
                                      Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1998

                  Exhibit (10)(g)     Employment  Agreement between Hillsborough
                                      Savings Bank, Inc., SSB and Danny C. Lloyd

                  Exhibit (10)(h)     Ground  Lease  dated   September  2,  1987
                                      between   ZT-Durham   Associates   #1  and
                                      Guaranty   State  Bank,  as   subsequently
                                      assigned  to  Hillsborough  Savings  Bank,
                                      Inc. SSB for space in the  Westgate  Plaza
                                      Shopping  Center  located on  property  in
                                      Durham, North Carolina.

<PAGE>
                  Exhibit (12)        Statement Regarding Computation of Ratios

                  Exhibit (13)        1999 Annual Report to Security Holders

                  Exhibit (21)        See Item 1. "Business--Subsidiaries" for a
                                      discussion of subsidiaries.

                  Exhibit (23)        Consent of Independent Auditors


                  Exhibit (27)        Financial Data Schedule

14(b) The  Company  filed one report on Form 8-K during the last  quarter of the
fiscal year ended June 30, 1999.
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                               PIEDMONT BANCORP, INC.


Date:     September 16, 1999                   By:  /s/D. Tyson Clayton
                                                    -----------------
                                                    D. Tyson Clayton
                                                    President and
                                                    Chief Executive Officer


         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature                         Title                            Date
- ---------                         -----                            ----
/s/D. Tyson Clayton         President, Chief Executive        September 16, 1999
- -------------------         Officer and Director
D. Tyson Clayton


/s/Peggy S. Walker          Executive Vice President,         September 16, 1999
- ---------------             Secretary and Director
Peggy S. Walker


/s/Thomas W. Wayne          Vice President, Treasurer and     September 16, 1999
- ------------------          Principal Financial Officer
Thomas W. Wayne

M. Marion Clark             Director                          September 16, 1999
- ---------------
M. Marion Clark


/s/Robert B. Nichols, Jr.   Director                          September 16, 1999
- -------------------------
Robert B. Nichols, Jr.


/s/Alfred L. Carr           Director                          September 16, 1999
- -----------------
Alfred L. Carr


/s/Everett H. Kennedy       Director                          September 16, 1999
- ---------------------
Everett H. Kennedy


/s/Donald W. Pope           Director                          September 16, 1999
- -----------------
Donald W. Pope
<PAGE>

/s/James P. Ray             Director                          September 16, 1999
- ---------------
James P. Ray


/s/William Larry Rogers
- -----------------------     Director                          September 16, 1999
William Larry Rogers
<PAGE>

                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS



Exhibit No.                 Description
- -----------                 -----------


(3)(ii)         Bylaws, as amended August 19, 1999

(10)(g)         Employment Agreement between Hillsborough Savings
                Bank, Inc., SSB and Danny C. Lloyd

(10)(h)         Ground  Lease  dated   September   2,  1987  between   ZT-Durham
                Associates #1 and Guaranty State Bank, as subsequently  assigned
                to Hillsborough Savings Bank, Inc. SSB for space in the Westgate
                Plaza  Shopping  Center  located on  property  in Durham,  North
                Carolina.

(12)            Statement Regarding Computation of Ratios

(13)            1999 Annual Report to Security Holders

(23)            Consent of Independent Auditors

(27)            Financial Data Schedule



COPIES OF EXHIBITS ARE AVAILABLE UPON WRITTEN  REQUEST TO THOMAS W. WAYNE,  VICE
PRESIDENT, TREASURER, AND PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER OF PIEDMONT BANCORP, INC.


                                                                        Ex-3(ii)
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                             PIEDMONT BANCORP, INC.



                                    ARTICLE I

                                     OFFICES
                                     -------

         Section 1. Principal  Office.  The principal  office of the corporation
shall be located at such  place as the Board of  Directors  may fix from time to
time.

         Section 2. Registered  Office. The registered office of the corporation
required by law to be maintained in the State of North Carolina may be, but need
not be, identical with the principal office.

         Section 3. Other  Offices.  The  corporation  may have  offices at such
other places, either within or without the State of North Carolina, as the Board
of Directors may designate or as the affairs of the corporation may require from
time to time.

                                   ARTICLE II

                            MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
                            ------------------------

         Section 1. Place of  Meetings.  All meetings of  shareholders  shall be
held at the principal office of the corporation,  or at such other place, either
within  or  without  the State of North  Carolina,  as shall in each case be (i)
fixed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President,  the Chairman of the Board,
or the Board of Directors  and  designated  in the notice of the meeting or (ii)
agreed upon by a majority of the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting.

         Section 2. Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of shareholders shall be
held  during  the  first  five  (5)  calendar  months  following  the end of the
corporation's  fiscal  year,  on any day (except  Saturday,  Sunday,  or a legal
holiday)  during that period as shall be  determined  by the Board of Directors,
for the purpose of electing directors of the corporation and for the transaction
of such other business as may be properly brought before the meeting.

         Section 3. Substitute  Annual Meeting.  If the annual meeting shall not
be held within the time designated by these Bylaws, a substitute  annual meeting
may be called in accordance with the provisions of Section 4 of this Article II.
A meeting so called  shall be  designated  and treated  for all  purposes as the
annual meeting.

         Section 4. Special  Meetings.  Special meetings of the shareholders may
be  called  at any time by the  Chief  Executive  Officer,  the  President,  the
Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Board of Directors.
<PAGE>
         Section 5. Notice of Meetings.  Written notice stating the date,  time,
and  place of the  meeting  shall be given  not less than ten (10) nor more than
sixty (60) days before the date of any shareholders' meeting, either by personal
delivery,  or by mail by or at the direction of the Chief Executive Officer, the
President,  the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Board of Directors, to
each  shareholder  entitled to vote at such  meeting,  provided that such notice
must be given to all shareholders  with respect to any meeting at which a merger
or share exchange is to be considered and in such other instances as required by
law. If mailed,  such notice shall be deemed to be effective  when  deposited in
the  United  States  mail,   correctly  addressed  to  the  shareholder  at  the
shareholder's address as it appears on the current record of shareholders of the
corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

         In the case of a special meeting, the notice of meeting shall include a
description of the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called;  but, in
the case of an annual or substitute  annual meeting,  the notice of meeting need
not include a  description  of the purpose or purposes  for which the meeting is
called unless such a description  is required by the provisions of Chapter 55 of
the North Carolina General Statutes.

         When a meeting is adjourned to a different date, time or place,  notice
need not be given of the new date,  time or place if the new date, time or place
is announced at the meeting before  adjournment  and if a new record date is not
fixed for the adjourned meeting. If a new record date is fixed for the adjourned
meeting (which must be done if the new date is more than 120 days after the date
of the  original  meeting),  notice of the  adjourned  meeting  must be given as
provided in this Section 5 to persons who are  shareholders as of the new record
date.

         Section 6. Waiver of Notice.  Any  shareholder  may waive notice of any
meeting  before or after the meeting.  The waiver must be in writing,  signed by
the  shareholder,  and delivered to the corporation for inclusion in the minutes
or filing with the corporate records. A shareholder's  attendance,  in person or
by proxy,  at a meeting  (i)  waives  objection  to lack of notice or  defective
notice of the meeting,  unless the  shareholder or his proxy at the beginning of
the  meeting  objects to holding  the  meeting or  transacting  business  at the
meeting,  and (ii) waives objection to  consideration of a particular  matter at
the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes  described in the meeting
notice,  unless the  shareholder or his proxy objects to considering  the matter
before it is voted upon.

         Section 7. Shareholders' List. Before each meeting of shareholders, the
Secretary  of  the  corporation  shall  prepare  an  alphabetical  list  of  the
shareholders  entitled to notice of such meeting.  The list shall be arranged by
voting  group (and within  each  voting  group by class or series of shares) and
show the  address of and  number of shares  held by each  shareholder.  The list
shall be kept on file at the principal office of the corporation,  or at a place
identified in the meeting notice in the city where the meeting will be held, for
the period  beginning two (2) business days after notice of the meeting is given
and continuing through the meeting, and shall be available for inspection by any
shareholder,  his agent or attorney,  at any time during regular business hours.
The list  shall  also be  available  at the  meeting  and  shall be  subject  to
inspection  by any  shareholder,  his agent or attorney,  at any time during the
meeting or any adjournment thereof.


                                       2
<PAGE>
         Section 8. Fixing  Record Date.  The Board of Directors  may fix a date
selected by them as the record  date for one (1) or more voting  groups in order
to determine the shareholders entitled to notice of a shareholders'  meeting, to
vote, or to take any other action. Such record date may not be more than seventy
(70)  days  before  the  meeting  or  action   requiring  a   determination   of
shareholders.  A determination of shareholders  entitled to notice of or to vote
at a  shareholders'  meeting is  effective  for any  adjournment  of the meeting
unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting,
which it must do if the meeting is  adjourned to a date more than 120 days after
the date fixed for the original meeting.

         If no  record  date  is  fixed  by  the  Board  of  Directors  for  the
determination  of shareholders  entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
shareholders,  the close of business  on the day before the first  notice of the
meeting  is  delivered  to  shareholders  shall  be the  record  date  for  such
determination of shareholders.

         Section 9.  Voting  Groups.  All  shares of one (1) or more  classes or
series that, under the Articles of Incorporation or the North Carolina  Business
Corporation Act, are entitled to vote and be counted together  collectively on a
matter at a meeting  of  shareholders  constitute  a voting  group.  All  shares
entitled  by the  Articles  of  Incorporation  or the  North  Carolina  Business
Corporation  Act to vote  generally  on a matter  are for that  purpose a single
voting  group.  Classes  or  series  of shares  shall  not be  entitled  to vote
separately  by voting  group  unless  expressly  authorized  by the  Articles of
Incorporation or specifically required by law.

         Section 10. Quorum.  Shares entitled to vote as a separate voting group
may take  action on a matter  at the  meeting  only if a quorum of those  shares
exists.  A majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter by the voting
group constitutes a quorum of that voting group for action on that matter.

         Once a share is represented for any purpose at a meeting,  it is deemed
present  for  quorum  purposes  for the  remainder  of the  meeting  and for any
adjournment  of that meeting unless a new record date is or must be set for that
adjourned meeting.

         In  the  absence  of  a  quorum  at  the  opening  of  any  meeting  of
shareholders,  such meeting may be adjourned  from time to time by the vote of a
majority  of the  votes  cast on the  motion to  adjourn;  and,  subject  to the
provisions  of  Section 5 of this  Article  II,  at any  adjourned  meeting  any
business  may be  transacted  that might have been  transacted  at the  original
meeting if a quorum exists with respect to the matter proposed.

         Section 11. Proxies. Shares may be voted either in person or by one (1)
or more  proxies  authorized  by a written  appointment  of proxy  signed by the
shareholder or by his duly authorized  attorney in fact. An appointment of proxy
is valid for eleven  months from the date of its  execution,  unless a different
period is expressly provided in the appointment form.

         Section 12. Voting of Shares. Subject to the provisions of the Articles
of  Incorporation,  each outstanding  share shall be entitled to one (1) vote on
each matter voted on at a meeting of shareholders.

         Except in the election of directors  as governed by the  provisions  of
Section 4 of Article  III,  if a quorum  exists,  action on a matter by a voting
group is approved if the votes cast within the voting group  favoring the action
exceed the votes cast opposing the action,  unless a greater vote is required by
law or the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws.
<PAGE>


         Absent  special  circumstances,  shares  of  the  corporation  are  not
entitled  to vote  if they  are  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by a  second
corporation in which the corporation owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of
the shares  entitled to vote for directors of the second  corporation;  provided
that this provision  does not limit the power of the  corporation or such second
corporation to vote shares held by it in a fiduciary capacity.


                                       3
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE III

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                               ------------------

         Section 1. General Powers.  All corporate  powers shall be exercised by
or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the corporation shall
be managed under the direction of, the Board of Directors.

         Section 2. Number and  Qualification.  The number of  directors  of the
Corporation shall not be less than five (5) nor more than fifteen (15), with the
exact number to be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

         Section  3.  Nominations.  At any  meeting  of  shareholders  at  which
directors are to be elected,  nominations for election to the Board of Directors
may be made by the Board of Directors or,  subject to the  conditions  described
below,  by any  holder of shares  entitled  to be voted at that  meeting  in the
election  of  directors.  To be  eligible  for  consideration  at the meeting of
shareholders,  all nominations, other than those made by the Board of Directors,
shall be in writing and must be delivered to  Secretary of the  corporation  not
less than fifty (50) days nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the meeting at
which such nominations will be made; provided,  however, that if less than sixty
(60) days' notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, such nominations must
be delivered to the  Secretary  of the  corporation  not later than the close of
business  on the tenth  (10th)  day  following  the day on which  the  notice of
meeting was mailed.

         Section 4.  Election.  Except as provided in Section 7 of this  Article
III, the directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders. Those
persons who  receive the highest  number of votes at a meeting at which a quorum
is present shall be deemed to have been elected.

         Section 5. Terms of Directors.  Each initial director shall hold office
until the earliest of the first  shareholders'  meeting at which  directors  are
elected, or until such director's death, resignation, or removal.

         At all times that the number of directors  is less than nine (9),  each
director  shall be elected  to a term  ending as of the next  succeeding  annual
meeting  of  shareholders  or  until  his or  her  earlier  death,  resignation,
retirement,  removal or  disqualification or until his or her successor shall be
elected and shall qualify.

         In the first  election of directors  that the total number of directors
is nine (9) or more, the directors  shall be divided into three (3) classes,  as
nearly equal as possible in number as may be, to serve in the first instance for
terms of one (1), two (2) and three (3) years, respectively,  from the date such
class of  directors  takes  office or until their  earlier  death,  resignation,
retirement,  removal or  disqualification  or until  their  successors  shall be
elected  and shall  qualify,  and  thereafter  the  successors  in each class of
directors  shall be elected for terms of three (3) years or until their  earlier
death,  resignation,  retirement,  removal,  or  disqualification or until their
successors  shall be elected and shall qualify.  In the event of any increase or
decrease  in the  number  of  directors  at a time  that  the  directors  are so
classified,  the additional or eliminated  directorships  shall be classified or
chosen so that all classes of  directors  shall remain or become as nearly equal
as possible in number.
<PAGE>
         Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of this  Section 5, a decrease in the
number of directors does not shorten an incumbent  director's term.  Despite the
expiration of a director's  term,  such director shall continue to serve until a
successor  shall be elected  and  qualified  or until there is a decrease in the
number of directors.

                                       4
<PAGE>
         Section 6.  Removal.  Any  director  may be removed  from office at any
time,  with or without  cause,  by a vote of the  shareholders  if the number of
votes  cast to remove  such  director  exceeds  the  number of votes cast not to
remove him. If a director is elected by a voting group of shareholders, only the
shareholders  of that voting group may  participate in the vote to remove him. A
director may not be removed by the  shareholders  at a meeting unless the notice
of that meeting  states that the  purpose,  or one (1) of the  purposes,  of the
meeting  is  removal of the  director.  If any  directors  are so  removed,  new
directors may be elected at the same meeting.

         Section 7. Vacancies.  Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors,
including without  limitation a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number
of  directors  or from  the  failure  by the  shareholders  to  elect  the  full
authorized number of directors,  may be filled by the Board of Directors. If the
directors remaining in office do not constitute a quorum, the directors may fill
the vacancy by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining  directors or
by the sole  remaining  director.  If the  vacant  office was held by a director
elected by voting  group,  only the remaining  director or directors  elected by
that voting  group or the holders of shares of that voting group are entitled to
fill the vacancy. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected to serve
the remaining term of the director replaced,  or if a director is not elected to
replace a previously  elected  director,  the new  director  shall be elected to
serve until the next shareholders' meeting at which directors are elected.

         Section 8. Chairman of the Board of Directors.  There may be a Chairman
of the Board of Directors and a Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors  elected
by the directors from their number at any meeting of the Board of Directors. The
Chairman and Vice Chairman  shall serve in such positions at the pleasure of the
Board of Directors.  The Chairman  shall preside at all meetings of the Board of
Directors and shareholders,  serve as a member of any executive committee of the
Board of  Directors,  and  perform  such other  duties as may be directed by the
Board of Directors.

         In the absence of the  Chairman,  the Vice  Chairman  shall  preside at
meetings of directors or shareholders.

         Section 9.  Compensation.  The Board of  Directors  may provide for the
compensation  of  directors  for their  services  as such and for the payment or
reimbursement  of any or all expenses  incurred by them in connection  with such
services.


                                       5
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IV

                      MEETINGS AND COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
                      ------------------------------------

         Section  1.  Regular  Meetings.  A  regular  meeting  of the  Board  of
Directors shall be held immediately  after, and at the same place as, the annual
meeting of  shareholders.  In addition,  the Board of Directors may provide,  by
resolution,  the time and place,  either  within or  without  the State of North
Carolina, for the holding of additional regular meetings.

         Section 2. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors
may be called by or at the request of the Chairman of the Board or the President
if such officer is also a director, or by any three (3) or more directors.  Such
a meeting may be held either within or without the State of North  Carolina,  as
fixed by the person or persons calling the meeting.

         Section  3.  Notice  of  Meetings.  Regular  meetings  of the  Board of
Directors may be held without  notice.  The person or persons  calling a special
meeting  of the  Board of  Directors  shall,  at least two (2) days  before  the
meeting,  give or  cause  to be  given  notice  thereof  by any  usual  means of
communication. Such notice need not specify the purpose for which the meeting is
called.  Any duly  convened  regular or special  meeting may be adjourned by the
directors to a later time without further notice.

         Section  4.  Waiver of Notice.  Any  director  may waive  notice of any
meeting  before or after the meeting.  The waiver must be in writing,  signed by
the director  entitled to the notice,  and be delivered to the  corporation  for
inclusion in the minutes or for filing with the corporate  records. A director's
attendance at or  participation  in a meeting waives any required notice of such
meeting  unless the director at the  beginning of the meeting,  or promptly upon
arrival,  objects  to holding  the  meeting or to  transacting  business  at the
meeting  and does not  thereafter  vote for or  assent  to  action  taken at the
meeting.

         Section 5. Quorum. Unless the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws
provide otherwise, a majority of the number of directors fixed by or pursuant to
these Bylaws shall  constitute a quorum for the  transaction  of business at any
meeting of the Board of  Directors,  or if no number is so fixed,  a majority of
the number of directors in office  immediately  before the meeting  begins shall
constitute a quorum.

         Section  6.  Manner of  Acting.  Except as  otherwise  provided  in the
Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws,  including  Section 9 of this Article
IV, the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors  present at a meeting at
which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

         Section  7.  Presumption  of  Assent.  A  director  who is present at a
meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors  when
corporate  action is taken is deemed to have assented to the action taken unless
(i) he objects at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his arrival, to
holding it or to  transacting  business at the  meeting,  or (ii) his dissent or
abstention  from the action taken is entered in the minutes of the  meeting,  or
(iii) he files written  notice of his dissent or  abstention  with the presiding
officer  of  the  meeting  before  its   adjournment  or  with  the  corporation
immediately  after the  adjournment  of the  meeting.  Such  right of dissent or
abstention  is not  available  to a  director  who votes in favor of the  action
taken.


                                       6
<PAGE>
         Section 8. Action Without  Meeting.  Action required or permitted to be
taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors  may be taken  without a meeting if
the action is taken by all members of the Board of Directors. The action must be
evidenced by one (1) or more written  consents signed by each director before or
after such action,  describing the action taken,  and included in the minutes or
filed with the corporate records.

         Section 9. Committees of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors
may  create  such  committees  of the Board of  Directors  as it shall  consider
appropriate, including without limitation those committees specifically provided
for in these  Bylaws.  The creation of a committee of the Board of Directors and
appointment  of members to it must by  approved by the greater of (i) a majority
of the number of directors in office when the action is taken or (ii) the number
of directors  required to take action  pursuant to Section 6 of this Article IV.
Each  committee of the Board of Directors must have two (2) or more members and,
to the extent  authorized by law, shall have such duties and authority as may be
described in these Bylaws or otherwise specified by the Board of Directors. Each
committee  member  shall serve at the  pleasure of the Board of  Directors.  The
provisions in these Bylaws governing meetings, actions without meeting and other
requirements of the Board of Directors shall also apply to any committees of the
Board of Directors established pursuant to these Bylaws.

         Section 10. Executive  Committee.  There may be a standing committee of
the Board of Directors to be known as the Executive  Committee and consisting of
not fewer than three (3) directors, one (1) of whom shall be the Chairman of the
Board  of  Directors  and  one  (1)  of  whom  shall  be  the  President  of the
corporation,  if such officer is also a director. Except as limited by Section 9
of this  Article IV or  otherwise  limited by law,  the  Executive  Committee is
empowered  to act for and on  behalf of the  Board of  Directors  in any and all
matters in the interim  between  meetings of the Board of Directors.  Within the
powers conferred upon it, action by the Executive  Committee shall be as binding
upon the  corporation  as if  performed  by the full  Board of  Directors.  Such
actions  shall be  reported  to the Board of  Directors  for  review at its next
meeting following such action. The committee shall meet as often as it considers
necessary or advisable.

         Section 11. Audit Committee.  There may be a standing  committee of the
Board of  Directors to be known as the Audit  Committee  and  consisting  of not
fewer than three (3) directors.  The Audit Committee shall supervise examination
of the  assets  and  the  liabilities  and the  internal  audit  program  of the
corporation  and its  subsidiaries,  cause outside audits to be performed on the
financial statements of the corporation,  and shall make periodic reports to the
Board of Directors.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                    OFFICERS
                                    --------

         Section 1. Officers of the Corporation. The officers of the corporation
shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and such Vice Presidents
or other  officers  (including  assistant  officers) as may from time to time be
appointed by or under the  authority of the Board of  Directors.  Any two (2) or
more offices may be held by the same person, but no officer may act in more than
one (1) capacity where action of two (2) or more officers is required.


                                       7
<PAGE>
         Section 2. Appointment and Term. The officers of the corporation  shall
be appointed by the Board of Directors or by a duly appointed officer authorized
by the Board of  Directors  to appoint one (1) or more  officers.  Each  officer
shall  hold  office   until  his  death,   resignation,   retirement,   removal,
disqualification, or his successor shall have been appointed.

         Section 3.  Compensation of Officers.  The compensation of all officers
of the  corporation  shall be fixed by or under  the  authority  of the Board of
Directors,  and no officer shall serve the corporation in any other capacity and
receive compensation therefor unless such additional  compensation shall be duly
authorized.  The  appointment  of an  officer  does not itself  create  contract
rights.

         Section  4.  Removal.  Any  officer  may be  removed  by the  Board  of
Directors at any time with or without  cause;  but such removal shall not itself
affect the officer's contract rights, if any, with the corporation except to the
extent, if any, specified in any such contract.

         Section  5.  Resignation.   An  officer  may  resign  at  any  time  by
communicating  his  resignation  to the  corporation,  orally or in  writing.  A
resignation  is  effective  when  communicated  unless it specifies in writing a
later effective date. If a resignation is made effective at a later date that is
accepted by the corporation, the Board of Directors may fill the pending vacancy
before the effective date if the Board of Directors  provides that the successor
does not take office until the effective date. An officer's resignation does not
affect the corporation's contract rights, if any, with the officer except to the
extent, if any, specified in any such contract.

         Section 6. Bonds. The Board of Directors may by resolution  require any
officer,  agent, or employee of the corporation to give bond to the corporation,
with sufficient sureties,  conditioned on the faithful performance of the duties
of his respective  office or position,  and to comply with such other conditions
as may from time to time be required by the Board of Directors.

         Section 7. President.  The President  shall be the principal  executive
officer  of the  corporation  and,  subject  to the  control  of  the  Board  of
Directors,  shall in general  supervise  and  control  all of the  business  and
affairs of the  corporation.  He shall sign,  with the  Secretary,  an Assistant
Secretary,  or any other proper officer of the corporation  thereunto authorized
by the Board of  Directors,  certificates  for  shares of the  corporation,  any
deeds,  mortgages,  bonds,  contracts,  or other  instruments which the Board of
Directors has  authorized to be executed,  except in cases where the signing and
execution  thereof shall be expressly  delegated by the Board of Directors or by
these  Bylaws to some  other  officer or agent of the  corporation,  or shall be
required  by law to be  otherwise  signed or  executed,  and in general he shall
perform all duties incident to the office of the President and such other duties
as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors  from time to time. The President
shall be entitled to attend all regular  and special  meetings  and  meetings of
committees of the Board of Directors.  If the  President of the  corporation  is
also a director of the corporation,  he shall serve as a member of the Executive
Committee.

         Section 8. Vice  Presidents.  In the absence of the President or in the
event of his death,  inability  or refusal to act, the Vice  Presidents,  unless
otherwise determined by the Board of Directors,  shall perform the duties of the
President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all
the  restrictions  upon the  President.  Any Vice  President (or Assistant  Vice
President) may sign, with the Secretary,  an Assistant  Secretary,  or any other
proper  officer  of  the  corporation  thereunto  authorized  by  the  Board  of
Directors,  certificates for shares of the corporation and any other instruments
which may be signed by the  President,  and shall  perform  such other duties as
from time to time may be prescribed by the President or Board of Directors.

                                       8
<PAGE>
         Section 9. Secretary.  The Secretary shall: (i) keep the minutes of the
meetings of  shareholders,  of the Board of Directors,  and of all committees of
the Board of Directors, in one or more books provided for that purpose; (ii) see
that all  notices  are duly given in  accordance  with the  provisions  of these
Bylaws or as required by law; (iii) maintain and authenticate the records of the
corporation  and be  custodian of the seal of the  corporation  and see that the
seal of the  corporation  is affixed to all  documents the execution of which on
behalf of the corporation under its seal is duly authorized;  (iv) sign with the
President or a Vice President,  certificates for shares of the corporation,  the
issuance  of which  shall have been  authorized  by  resolution  of the Board of
Directors;  (v) maintain or cause to be maintained,  and have general charge of,
the  stock  transfer  books  of the  corporation;  (vi)  prepare  or cause to be
prepared  shareholder lists prior to each meeting of shareholders as required by
law;  (vii) attest the  signature or certify the  incumbency or signature of any
officer of the corporation; and (viii) in general perform all duties incident to
the  office  of  secretary  and such  other  duties  as from time to time may be
prescribed by the President or by the Board of Directors.

         Section 10. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall be, and may be designated as
such as, the corporation's  Chief Financial Officer,  and shall: (i) have charge
and  custody  of  and  be  responsible  for  all  funds  and  securities  of the
corporation;  receive  and give  receipts  for  moneys  due and  payable  to the
corporation from any source whatsoever,  and deposit all such moneys in the name
of the corporation in such  depositories as shall be selected in accordance with
the  provisions of Section 4 of Article VI of these Bylaws;  (ii)  maintain,  or
cause to be maintained, appropriate accounting records as required by law; (iii)
prepare, or cause to be prepared, annual financial statements of the corporation
that  include a balance  sheet as of the end of the  fiscal  year and income and
cash flow  statement for that year,  which  statements,  or a written  notice of
their  availability,  shall be mailed to each shareholder  within 120 days after
the end of such  fiscal  year;  and (iv) in  general  perform  all of the duties
incident to the office of  treasurer  and such other duties as from time to time
may be prescribed by the President or by the Board of Directors.

         Section 11.  Assistant  Officers.  In the  absence of a duly  appointed
officer of the corporation,  or in the event of his death,  inability or refusal
to act, any person  appointed by the Board of Directors and  designated by title
as an assistant to that  officer,  unless  otherwise  determined by the Board of
Directors,  may  perform  the duties  of, and when so acting  shall have all the
powers of and be  subject  to all the  restrictions  upon,  that  officer.  Such
assistant  officers  shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be
prescribed by the President or by the Board of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                     CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS, AND DEPOSITS
                     --------------------------------------

         Section 1. Contracts.  The Board of Directors may authorize any officer
or officers,  agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver
any  instrument  in the  name of and on  behalf  of the  corporation,  and  such
authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.  Also, the Board
of  Directors  may limit,  condition,  restrict  or deny such  authority  to any
officer or officers, or any agent or agents.

         Section  2.  Loans.  No loans  shall be  contracted  on  behalf  of the
corporation and no evidence of  indebtedness  shall be issued in its name unless
authorized by the Board of Directors.  Such authority may be general or confined
to specific instances.

                                       9
<PAGE>
         Section 3. Checks and Drafts.  All checks,  drafts, or other orders for
the payment of money, issued in the name of the corporation,  shall be signed by
such officer or officers,  agent or agents of the corporation and in such manner
as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

         Section  4.  Deposits.  All  funds  of the  corporation  not  otherwise
employed shall be deposited  from time to time to the credit of the  corporation
in such  depositories  as may be selected by or under the authority of the Board
of Directors.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                            SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER
                            -------------------------

         Section 1. Certificate For Shares. The Board of Directors may authorize
the issuance of some or all of the shares of the corporation's classes or series
without issuing certificates to represent such shares. If shares are represented
by certificates,  the certificates  shall be in such form as required by law and
as determined by the Board of Directors.  Certificates  shall be signed,  either
manually or in  facsimile,  by the  President  or a Vice  President,  and by the
Secretary or Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer.  All
certificates for shares shall be consecutively  numbered or otherwise identified
and entered into the stock  transfer books of the  corporation.  When shares are
represented by certificates,  the corporation  shall issue and deliver,  to each
shareholder  to whom such shares have been issued or  transferred,  certificates
representing  the  shares  owned by him.  When  shares  are not  represented  by
certificates,  then within a  reasonable  time after the issuance or transfer of
such shares, the corporation shall send the shareholder to whom such shares have
been issued or transferred a written  statement of the  information  required by
law to be on certificates.

         Section 2. Stock Transfer Books. The corporation shall keep or cause to
be kept a book or set of books,  to be known as the stock  transfer books of the
corporation,  containing the name of each  shareholder of record,  together with
such shareholder's  address and the number and class or series of shares held by
him.  Transfers  of  shares of the  corporation  shall be made only on the stock
transfer books of the  corporation (i) by the holder of record thereof or by his
legal  representative,  who  shall  provide  proper  evidence  of  authority  to
transfer;  (ii) by his attorney  authorized  to effect such transfer by power of
attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary;  and (iii) on surrender for
cancellation  of the  certificate for such shares (if the shares are represented
by certificates).

         Section 3. Lost  Certificates.  The Board of Directors may direct a new
certificate to be issued in place of any certificate  theretofore  issued by the
corporation claimed to have been lost or destroyed, upon receipt of an affidavit
of such fact  from the  person  claiming  the  certificate  to have been lost or
destroyed.  When  authorizing  such  issue of a new  certificate,  the  Board of
Directors shall require that the owner of such lost or destroyed certificate, or
his legal representative,  give the corporation a bond in such sum and with such
surety or other  security  as the Board of  Directors  may  direct as  indemnity
against any claims that may be made against the corporation  with respect to the
certificate  claimed to have been lost or  destroyed,  except where the Board of
Directors by resolution finds that in the judgment of the Board of Directors the
circumstances justify omission of a bond.


                                       10
<PAGE>
         Section 4.  Distribution  or Share  Dividend  Record Date. The Board of
Directors  may  fix a date  as the  record  date  for  determining  shareholders
entitled to a distribution or share dividend.  If no record date is fixed by the
Board of Directors for such determination, it is the date the Board of Directors
authorizes the distribution or share dividend.

         Section 5. Holder of Record.  Except as otherwise  required by law, the
corporation may treat the person in whose name the shares stand of record on its
books as the absolute owner of the shares and the person exclusively entitled to
receive  notification and distributions,  to vote, and to otherwise exercise the
rights, powers, and privileges of ownership of such shares.

         Section 6. Shares Held by Nominees. The corporation shall recognize the
beneficial  owner of shares  registered  in the name of the nominee as the owner
and shareholder of such shares for certain purposes if the nominee in whose name
such shares are registered  files with the Secretary a written  certificate in a
form  prescribed  by the  corporation,  signed by the  nominee,  indicating  the
following:  (i) the name,  address,  and taxpayer  identification  number of the
nominee;  (ii) the name,  address,  and  taxpayer  identification  number of the
beneficial  owner;  (iii) the number and class or series of shares registered in
the name of the nominee as to which the beneficial  owner shall be recognized as
the  shareholder;  and (iv) the purposes for which the beneficial owner shall be
recognized as the shareholder.

         The purposes for which the  corporation  shall recognize the beneficial
owner as the  shareholder  may include the following:  (i) receiving  notice of,
voting at, and otherwise participating in shareholders' meetings; (ii) executing
consents with respect to the shares;  (iii) exercising  dissenters' rights under
the North Carolina  Business  Corporation Act; (iv) receiving  distributions and
share dividends with respect to the shares;  (v) exercising  inspection  rights;
(vi)  receiving  reports,  financial  statements,  proxy  statements,  and other
communications   from  the  corporation;   (vii)  making  any  demand  upon  the
corporation required or permitted by law; and (viii) exercising any other rights
or receiving any other benefits of a shareholder with respect to the shares.

         The  certificate  shall be effective  ten (10)  business days after its
receipt by the  corporation  and until it is changed by the nominee,  unless the
certificate specifies a later effective time or an earlier termination date.

         If the  certificate  affects less than all of the shares  registered in
the name of the nominee,  the corporation may require the shares affected by the
certificate to be registered  separately on the books of the  corporation and be
represented by a share certificate that bears a conspicuous  legend stating that
there is a nominee  certificate in effect with respect to the shares represented
by that share certificate.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS
                               ------------------

         Section 1. Distributions.  The Board of Directors may from time to time
authorize,  and the corporation may grant,  distributions and share dividends to
its  shareholders  pursuant to law and subject to any  provisions  with  respect
thereto in its Articles of Incorporation.

         Section 2. Seal. The corporate seal of the corporation shall consist of
two concentric  circles  between which is the name of the corporation and in the
center of which is inscribed SEAL; and such seal, as impressed or affixed on the
margin hereof, is hereby adopted as the corporate seal of the corporation.

                                       11
<PAGE>
         Section 3. Fiscal  Year.  The fiscal year of the  corporation  shall be
fixed by the Board of Directors.

         Section 4. Amendments.  Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of
Incorporation  or by law, these Bylaws may be amended or repealed and new Bylaws
may be adopted by the Board of Directors.

         No Bylaw adopted,  amended,  or repealed by the  shareholders  shall be
readopted,  amended, or repealed by the Board of Directors,  unless the Articles
of Incorporation or a Bylaw adopted by the shareholders  authorizes the Board of
Directors  to  adopt,  amend,  or repeal  that  particular  Bylaw or the  Bylaws
generally.

         Section 5. Definitions.  Unless the context otherwise  requires,  terms
used in these  Bylaws  shall  have the  meanings  assigned  to them in the North
Carolina Business Corporation Act to the extent defined therein.



                                       12
<PAGE>
ARTICLE IX

                                 INDEMNIFICATION
                                 ---------------

         In addition to any  indemnification  required or  permitted by law, and
except as otherwise  provided in these Bylaws, any person who at any time serves
or has served as a director,  officer,  employee or agent of the corporation and
any such person who serves or has served at the request of the  corporation as a
director,  officer, employee,  partner, trustee or agent of another corporation,
partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other  enterprise,  or as a  trustee  or
administrator  under  an  employee  benefit  plan,  shall  have  a  right  to be
indemnified  by the  corporation  to the full extent  allowed by applicable  law
against  liability  and  litigation  expense  arising  out  of  such  status  or
activities in such capacity.  "Liability  and litigation  expense" shall include
costs  and  expenses  of  litigation  (including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees),
judgments,  fines  and  amounts  paid  in  settlement  which  are  actually  and
reasonably  incurred in connection  with or as a consequence of any  threatened,
pending or  completed  action,  suit or  proceeding,  whether  civil,  criminal,
administrative or investigative, including appeals.

         Promptly after the final disposition or termination of any matter which
involves  liability or litigation  expense as described above or at such earlier
time  as it sees  fit,  the  corporation  shall  determine  whether  any  person
described in this  Article IX is entitled to  indemnification  thereunder.  Such
determination  shall be limited to the following issues: (i) whether the persons
to be  indemnified  are persons  described  in this Article IX, (ii) whether the
liability or litigation  expense  incurred arose out of the status or activities
of such persons as described in this  Article IX, (iii)  whether  liability  was
actually  incurred  and/or  litigation   expense  was  actually  and  reasonably
incurred,  and (iv)  whether  the  indemnification  requested  is  permitted  by
applicable law. Such determination shall be made by a majority vote of directors
who were not parties to the action,  suit or proceeding  (or, in connection with
"threatened" actions, suits or proceedings,  who were not "threatened parties").
If at least two such  disinterested  directors are not  obtainable,  or, even if
obtainable, if at least half of the number of disinterested directors so direct,
such  determination  shall  be made by  independent  legal  counsel  in  written
opinion.

         Litigation expense incurred by a person described in this Article IX in
connection  with a  matter  described  in  this  Article  IX may be  paid by the
corporation  in advance of the final  disposition or termination of such matter,
if the corporation receives an undertaking,  dated, in writing and signed by the
person  to be  indemnified,  to repay  all  such  sums  unless  such  person  is
ultimately  determined to be entitled to be  indemnified  by the  corporation as
provided  in this  Article  IX.  Requests  for  payments  in  advance  of  final
disposition or termination shall be submitted in writing unless this requirement
is waived by the corporation.

         Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  no advance payment shall be made as to
any payment or portion of a payment for which the determination is made that the
person  requesting  payment  will  not  be  entitled  to  indemnification.  Such
determination may be made only by a majority vote of disinterested  directors or
by  independent  legal counsel as next  provided.  If there are not at least two
disinterested directors, the notice of all requests for advance payment shall be
delivered  for review to  independent  legal counsel for the  corporation.  Such
counsel shall have the authority to disapprove any advance payment or portion of
a payment for which it appears  that the person  requesting  payment will not be
entitled to indemnification.

                                       13
<PAGE>
         The corporation  shall not be obligated to indemnify  persons described
in this Article IX for any amounts  paid in  settlement  unless the  corporation
consents in writing to the settlement.  The corporation  shall not  unreasonably
withhold its consent to proposed  settlements.  The  corporation's  consent to a
proposed  settlement  shall not constitute an agreement by the corporation  that
any person is entitled to indemnification  thereunder. The corporation may waive
the  requirement of this section for its written  consent as fairness and equity
may require.

         A person  described in this Article IX may apply to the  corporation in
writing for  indemnification  or advance expenses.  Such  applications  shall be
addressed to the Secretary or, in the absence of the  Secretary,  to any officer
of  the  corporation.   The  corporation   shall  respond  in  writing  to  such
applications  as follows:  to a request  for  indemnity  under this  Article IX,
within  ninety days after receipt of the  application;  to a request for advance
expenses  under this  Article  IX,  within  fifteen  days  after  receipt of the
application.

         If any action is necessary or appropriate to authorize the  corporation
to pay the  indemnification  required by these  Bylaws,  the Board of  Directors
shall take such  action,  including  (i) making a good faith  evaluation  of the
indemnification  request,  (ii) giving notice to, and obtaining approval by, the
shareholders of the corporation, and (iii) taking any other action.

         The right to  indemnification or advance expenses provided herein shall
be  enforceable  in any court of competent  jurisdiction.  A legal action may be
commenced if a claim for indemnity or advance  expenses is denied in whole or in
part, or upon the  expiration of the time periods  provided  above.  In any such
action,  if the claimant  establishes  the right to  indemnification,  he or she
shall  also have the right to be  indemnified  against  the  litigation  expense
(including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees) of such action.

         As provided by N.C. Gen. Stat.  ss.55-8-57,  the corporation shall have
the power to purchase and  maintain  insurance on behalf of any person who is or
was a director,  officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or who is or was
serving at the request of the  corporation as a director,  officer,  employee or
agent  of  another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust  or other
enterprise,  or as a trustee or  administrator  under an employee  benefit plan,
against  any  liability  asserted  against  him and  incurred by him in any such
capacity  or arising out of his status as such,  whether or not the  corporation
has the power to indemnify him against such liability.

         The  right to  indemnification  provided  herein  shall  not be  deemed
exclusive  of any other  rights to which any persons  seeking  indemnity  may be
entitled apart from the provisions of this bylaw, except there shall be no right
to  indemnification  as to any  liability or  litigation  expense for which such
person is entitled to receive  payment under any  insurance  policy other than a
directors'  and  officers'   liability   insurance  policy   maintained  by  the
corporation.   Such  right  inures  to  the  benefit  of  the  heirs  and  legal
representatives  of any persons  entitled  to such right.  Any person who at any
time  after the  adoption  of this  bylaw  serves or has served in any status or
capacity  described  in this  Article  IX shall be deemed to be doing or to have
done so in reliance upon, and as consideration for, the right of indemnification
provided herein.  Any repeal or modification  hereof shall not affect any rights
or obligations  then existing.  The right provided  herein shall not apply as to
persons serving  institutions  which are hereafter  merged into or combined with
the  corporation,  except after the effective date of such merger or combination
and only as to status and activities after such date.

                                       14
<PAGE>
         If this  Article or any  portion  hereof  shall be  invalidated  on any
ground by any court or agency of competent  jurisdiction,  then the  corporation
shall  nevertheless  indemnify  each person  described in this Article IX to the
full extent permitted by the portion of this Article that is not invalidated and
also to the full extent (not exceeding the benefits  described herein) permitted
or required by other applicable law.

         Adopted this the 19th day of August, 1999.


                                                              __________________
                                                              Secretary


                                       15

                                                                 EXHIBIT (10)(g)

HILLSBOROUGH SAVINGS BANK, INC., SSB
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT



THIS AGREEMENT entered into as of February 18, 1999, by and between HILLSBOROUGH
SAVINGS BANK, INC., SSB (hereinafter referred to as the "SavingsBank") and Danny
C. Lloyd (hereinafter referred to as the "Officer") and is joined in by PIEDMONT
BANCORP,  INC.,  the parent  holding  company of  theSavings  Bank  (hereinafter
referred to as the "Holding Company").

         WHEREAS,  the Savings Bank is a state-chartered  stock savings bank and
the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company, and

         WHEREAS, the Savings Bank desires to retain the services of the Officer
as Vice  President of the Savings Bank upon the terms and  conditions  set forth
herein; and

         WHEREAS,  the services of the Officer,  his experience and knowledge of
the affairs of the Savings Bank, and his reputation and contacts in the industry
and the local community are extremely valuable to the Savings Bank, and

         WHEREAS,   the   Savings   Bank  wishes  to  attract  and  retain  such
well-qualified executives and it is in the best interest of the Savings Bank and
of the Officer to secure the continued  services of the Officer  notwithstanding
any change in control of the Savings Bank or the Holding Company; and

         WHEREAS,  the Savings Bank considers the  establishment and maintenance
of a sound and vital management to be part of its overall corporate strategy and
to be essential to protecting  and  enhancing the best  interests of the Holding
Company, the Savings Bank and their stockholders; and

         WHEREAS,  the parties  desire to enter into this  Agreement in order to
set forth the terms and conditions of the Officer's employment relationship with
the Savings Bank.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  for and in  consideration  of the premises and mutual
promises,  covenants  and  conditions  hereinafter  set forth and other good and
valuable  considerations,  the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of which  hereby  are
acknowledged, the parties hereby do agree as follows:

         1. Employment. The Savings Bank hereby agrees to employ the Officer and
the Officer  hereby agrees to accept  employment,  upon the terms and conditions
stated  herein,  as Vice President of the Savings Bank. The Officer shall render
such  administrative  and  management  services  to  the  Savings  Bank  as  are
customarily  performed by persons situated in a similar executive capacity.  The
Officer  shall  promote the  business of the Savings Bank and perform such other
duties as shall,  from time to time,  be  reasonably  prescribed by the Board of
Directors of the Savings Bank (the "Board").

         2. Compensation. The Savings Bank shall pay the Officer during the term
of this  agreement,  as  compensation  for all  service  rendered  by him to the
Savings Bank, a base salary at the rate of $59,000.00 per annum, payable in cash
not less  frequently  than  monthly;  provided  that the rate of salary shall be
reviewed  by the Board not less often  than  annually.  Such rate of salary,  or
<PAGE>
increased rate of salary, as the case may be, may be further increased from time
to time in  such  amounts  as the  Board,  in its  discretion,  may  decide.  In
determining  salary  increases,  the Board  shall  compensate  the  Officer  for
increases  in the cost of living and may also provide for  performance  or merit
increases.  Participation  in  incentive  compensation,  deferred  compensation,
discretionary bonus, profit-sharing, retirement, stock option and other employee
benefit  plans that the Savings Bank or the Holding  Company have adopted or may
from time to time adopt, and  participation  in any fringe  benefits,  shall not
reduce that salary  payable to the Officer under this Section.  The Officer will
be entitled  to such  customary  fringe  benefits,  vacation,  sick leave as are
consistent  with the normal  practices and  established  policies of the Savings
Bank.  In the event of a Change of  Control  (as  defined in  Section  10),  the
Officer's  rate of salary  shall be  increased  not less than six  percent  (6%)
annually during the term of this Agreement.

         3.  Discretionary  Bonuses.  During  the  term of this  Agreement,  the
Officer shall be entitled in an equitable  manner with all other key  management
personnel  of  the  Savings  Bank,  to  such  discretionary  bonuses  as  may be
authorized,  declared  and  paid by the  Directors  to the  Savings  Bank's  key
management employees. No other compensation provided for in this Agreement shall
be deemed a substitute  for the Officer's  right to such  discretionary  bonuses
when and as declared by the Directors.

         4.  Participation  in Retirement  and Employee  Benefit  Plans:  Fringe
Benefits.  The Officer shall be entitled to  participate in any plan relating to
deferred compensation,  stock awards, stock options,  stock purchases,  pension,
thrift,  profit  sharing,  group life  insurance,  medical and dental  coverage,
disability  coverage,  education,  or other retirement or employee benefits that
the Savings Bank or the Holding Company have adopted,  or may, from time to time
adopt,  for benefit of their  executive  employees and for employees  generally,
subject  to the  eligibility  rules of such  plans.  The  Officer  shall also be
entitled to participate in any other fringe  benefits which are now or may be or
become  applicable  to  the  Officer  or  the  Savings  Bank's  other  executive
employees, including the payment of reasonable expenses for attending annual and
periodic  meetings  of trade  associations,  and any  other  benefits  which are
commensurate with the duties and responsibilities to be performed by the Officer
under this  Agreement.  Additionally,  the  Officer  shall be  entitled  to such
vacation and sick leave as shall be established  under uniform employee policies
promulgated by the Directors.  The Savings Bank shall  reimburse the Officer for
all out-of-pocket  reasonable and necessary  business expenses which the Officer
may incur in connection with his services on behalf of the Savings Bank.

         5. Term. The initial term of employment  under this Agreement  shall be
for the period  commencing  upon the effective date of this Agreement and ending
three (3) calendar  years from the  effective  date of this  Agreement.  On each
anniversary  of the effective  date of this  Agreement of the Savings Bank,  the
term of this  Agreement  shall  automatically  be extended for an additional one
year period beyond the then effective expiration date unless written notice from
the Savings Bank or the Officer is received 90 days prior to an anniversary date
advising  the other  party that this  Agreement  shall not be further  extended;
provided that the Directors shall review the Officer's  performance annually and
make a specific  determination  pursuant to such review to renew this  Agreement
prior to the 90 day notice period.
<PAGE>
         6.  Loyalty.  The  Officer  shall  devote his full  efforts  and entire
business time to the performance of his duties and  responsibilities  under this
Agreement.  The Officer  agrees that he will hold in confidence all knowledge or
information of a confidential  nature with respect to the respective  businesses
of the Holding  Company,  the  Savings  Bank or of their  subsidiaries,  if any,
received by him during the term of this  Agreement and will not disclose or make
use of such information,  except in the ordinary course of his duties under this
Agreement,  without  the prior  written  consent of the  Holding  Company or the
Savings Bank.

         7. Standards. The Officer shall perform his duties and responsibilities
under this Agreement in accordance  with such reasonable  standards  expected of
employees with comparable  positions in comparable  organizations  and as may be
established  from time to time by the Board.  The Savings  Bank will provide the
Officer with the working  facilities and staff customary for similar  executives
and necessary for him to perform his duties.

         8. Termination and Termination Pay. (a) The Officer's  employment under
this Agreement shall be terminated upon the death of the Officer during the term
of this  Agreement,  in which event,  the Officer's  estate shall be entitled to
receive the  compensation  due the Officer  through the last day of the calendar
month in which  his  death  shall  have  occurred  and for a period of one month
thereafter.  (b) The Officer's employment under this Agreement may be terminated
at any time by the Officer upon sixty (60) days' written  notice to the Board of
Directors.  Upon such  termination,  the  Officer  shall be  entitled to receive
compensation  through the effective date of such termination.  (c) The Board may
terminate  the  Officer's  employment at any time,  but any  termination  by the
Board, other than termination for cause, shall not prejudice the Officer's right
to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement for the remaining  period
which would have been  covered by this  Agreement  if such  termination  had not
occurred.  The  Officer  shall  have no right to receive  compensation  or other
benefits for any period after  termination for "cause."  Termination for "cause"
shall  include  termination  because  of  the  Officer's  personal   dishonesty,
incompetence,  willful  misconduct,  breach of fiduciary duty involving personal
profit,  intentional failure to perform stated duties,  willful violation of any
law, rule,  regulation  (other than traffic  violations or similar  offenses) or
final  cease-and-desist  order,  or material  breach of any  provisions  of this
Agreement.

         9. Additional Regulatory Requirements.  (a) If the Officer is suspended
and/or  temporarily  prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Savings
Bank's  affairs by a notice served under Section  8(e)(3) or Section  8(g)(1) of
the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(3) and (g)(l)), the Savings
Bank's  obligations  under this  Agreement  shall be suspended as of the date of
service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings.  If the charges in the notice
are  dismissed,  the  Savings  Bank  shall  (i)  pay  the  Officer  all  of  the
compensation  withheld  while its contract  obligations  were suspended and (ii)
reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its obligations which were suspended. (b)
If the Officer is removed and/or  permanently  prohibited from  participating in
the conduct of the  Savings  Bank's  affairs by an order  issued  under  Section
8(e)(4)   of   Section   8(g)(l)   of  the   Federal   Deposit   lnsurance   Act
(12U.S.C.1818(e)(4)  and (g)(1)), all obligations of the Savings Bank under this
Agreement  shall  terminate as of the  effective  date of the order,  but vested
rights of the contracting  parties shall not be affected (c) If the Savings Bank
is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act
(12U.S.C. ss. 1818(x)(1)),  all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate
as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights
of the contracting  parties.  (d) All obligations  under this Agreement shall be
<PAGE>
terminated,  except to the extent  determined that continuation of the Agreement
is necessary for the continued operation of the Savings Bank, (i) by the Federal
Deposit Insurance  Corporation (the "Corporation"),  at the time the Corporation
enters into an  agreement to provide  assistance  to or on behalf of the Savings
Bank under the  authority  contained  in Section  13(c) of the  Federal  Deposit
Insurance  Act (12 U.S.C.  ss.  1818(c));  or (ii) by the  Administrator  of the
Savings  Institution  Division of the North Carolina Department of Commerce (the
"Administrator"), at the time the Administrator approves a supervisory merger to
resolve  problems  related to  operation of the Savings Bank or when the Savings
Bank is determined by the Administrator to be in an unsafe or unsound condition.
Any  rights of the  parties  that have  already  vested,  however,  shall not be
affected by such action.

         10. Change in Control.

         (a) In the event of a "Change in Control" (as defined in Subsection (b)
below),  the acquiror shall be  prohibited,  during the remainder of the term of
this Agreement, from:

         (i)      Assigning Officer any duties and/or  responsibilities that are
                  inconsistent with his position,  duties,  responsibilities  or
                  status  at the  time of the  Change  in  Control  or with  his
                  reporting  responsibilities  or  equivalent  titles  with  the
                  Savings Bank in effect at such time; or

         (ii)     Adjusting  Officer's  annual  base  salary  rate other than in
                  accordance with the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement;
                  or

         (iii)    Reducing in level, scope or coverage or eliminating  Officer's
                  life   insurance,   medical  or   hospitalization   insurance,
                  disability  insurance,  profit  sharing  plans,  stock  option
                  plans,  stock purchase  plans,  deferred  compensation  plans,
                  management retention plans,  retirement plans or similar plans
                  or benefits  being provided by the Savings Bank or the Holding
                  Company to the Officer as of the effective  date of the Change
                  in Control; or

         (iv)     Transferring  Officer to a location  outside of Orange County,
                  North Carolina, without the Officer's express written consent.

         (b)      For the  purposes  of this  Agreement,  the  term  "Change  in
                  Control" shall mean any of the following events:
         (i)      a change in control of a nature  that would be  required to be
                  reported in  response to Item 1 of the Current  Report on Form
                  8K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or
                  1 5(d) of the Exchange Act; or

         (ii)     such time as any  "person"  (as such term is used in  Sections
                  13(d)  and  14(d)  of the  Exchange  Act)  is or  becomes  the
                  "beneficial  owner"  (as  defined  in  Rule  13d-3  under  the
                  Exchange Act),  directly or  indirectly,  of securities of the
                  Holding  Company or Savings  Bank  representing  25 percent or
                  more of the combined  voting power of the  outstanding  Common
                  Stock of the  Holding  Company or Common  Stock of the Savings
                  Bank, as applicable; or
<PAGE>
         (iii)    individuals  who constitute the Board or board of directors of
                  the Holding Company on the date hereof (the "Incumbent  Board"
                  and "Incumbent Holding Company Board," respectively) cease for
                  any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided
                  that any person  becoming a  director  subsequent  to the date
                  hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least three
                  quarters of the directors  comprising  the Incumbent  Board or
                  Incumbent  Holding  Company  Board,  as  applicable,  or whose
                  nomination  for  election  by the  Savings  Bank's or  Holding
                  Company's  shareholders  was approved by the Savings Bank's or
                  Holding Company's Board of Directors or Nominating  Committee,
                  as applicable,  shall be considered as though he or she were a
                  member of the  Incumbent  Board or Incumbent  Holding  Company
                  Board, as applicable; or

         (iv)     either the Holding Company or the Savings Bank consolidates or
                  merges with or into another corporation, association or entity
                  or is otherwise reorganized, where neither the Holding Company
                  nor  the  Savings   Bank,   respectively,   is  the  surviving
                  corporation in such transaction; or

         (v)      all or  substantially  all of the assets of either the Holding
                  Company or the Savings Bank are sold or otherwise  transferred
                  to or are acquired by any other entity or group.

         Notwithstanding  the other provisions of this Section 10, a transaction
or  event  shall  not be  considered  a  Change  in  Control  if,  prior  to the
consummation  or occurrence of such  transaction  or event,  Officer and Savings
Bank agree in writing  that the same shall not be treated as a Change in Control
for purposes of this Agreement.

         (c)      If,  after  the  occurrence  of a Change in  Control,  (i) the
                  employment  of the Officer  shall be terminated by the Savings
                  Bank or its successor for any reason other than for "cause" as
                  defined in Section 8(c) or (ii) the  employment of the Officer
                  shall be  terminated by the Officer as a result of a breach of
                  this Agreement by the Savings Bank or its successor,  and as a
                  result of such termination, the Officer shall not become fully
                  vested  in  benefits   provided  to  the  Officer   under  any
                  retirement  plan,  restricted  stock plan,  stock option plan,
                  stock ownership plan, or other employee  benefit plan, then in
                  addition to any liability  arising under this  Agreement,  the
                  Savings  Bank or its  successor  shall pay to the  Officer  an
                  amount equal to the value of the benefits in which the Officer
                  shall not become fully vested as a result of such termination.

         (d)      In the event any dispute  shall arise  between the Officer and
                  the  Savings  Bank as to the terms or  interpretation  of this
                  Agreement,  including this Section 10,  whether  instituted by
                  formal legal  proceedings  or otherwise,  including any action
                  taken by the Officer to enforce  the terms of this  Section 10
                  or in defending  against any action taken by the Savings Bank,
                  the Savings Bank shall reimburse the Officer for all costs and
                  expenses  incurred in such  proceedings or actions,  including
                  attorney's fees, in the event the Officer prevails in any such
                  action.
<PAGE>
         11. Successors and Assigns.

         (a)  This  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
              any  corporate or other  successor of the Savings Bank which shall
              acquire,   directly  or   indirectly,   by   conversion,   merger,
              consolidation,  purchase or otherwise, all or substantially all of
              the assets of the Holding Company or the Savings Bank.

         (b)  Since the Savings Bank is contracting  for the unique and personal
              skills  of the  Officer,  the  Officer  shall  be  precluded  from
              assigning or  delegating  his rights or duties  hereunder  without
              first obtaining the written consent of the Savings Bank.

         12. Modification:  Waiver:  Amendments.  No provision of this Agreement
may be  modified,  waived or  discharged  unless such  waiver,  modification  or
discharge  is agreed to in  writing,  signed by the Officer and on behalf of the
Savings Bank by such officer as may be specifically designated by the Directors.
No waiver by either party hereto,  at any time, of any breach by the other party
hereto of, or compliance  with,  any condition or provision of this Agreement to
be  performed  by such  other  party  shall be  deemed a waiver  of  similar  or
dissimilar  provisions  or  conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent
time. No amendments or additions to this  Agreement  shall be binding  unless in
writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise provided.

         13.  Applicable  Law. This Agreement  shall be governed in all respects
whether as to validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise, by the
laws of North Carolina, except to the extent that federal law shall be deemed to
apply.

         14.  Severability.  The  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

         IN WlTNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first herein above written.

                                            HILLSBOROUGH SAVINGS BANK, INC., SSB

                                             By: /s/M. Marion Clark
                                                 ------------------
                                                 M. Marion Clark
                                                 Chairman of the Board

                                             By: /s/Danny C. Lloyd (SEAL)
                                                 -----------------
                                                 Danny C. Lloyd

         The  foregoing  Agreement  is  consented  and  agreed  to  by  Piedmont
Bancorp,Inc.,  the parent holding  company of Hillsborough  Savings Bank,  Inc.,
SSB.


                                             PIEDMONT BANCORP, INC.

                                             By: /s/M. Marion Clark
                                                 ------------------
                                                 M. Marion Clark
                                                 Chairman of the Board
<PAGE>
                                                                   Exhibit 10(h)
                                   L E A S E

THIS LEASE is made and entered into this day of 1 1987, by and between ZT-DURHAM
ASSOCIATES,  #1, a joint venture existing under the general  partnership laws of
North  Carolina   ("Landlord")   and  GUARANTY  STATE  BANK,  a  North  Carolina
corporation ("Tenant").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS,  Landlord holds a leasehold  interest in that certain  shopping  center
(the "Shopping  Center")  described on Exhibit "A-1" attached  hereto and made a
part hereof, and

WHEREAS,  Tenant  desires to sublease a portion of the  Shopping  Center#  which
portion is more particularly described on Exhibit "A-2" attached hereto and made
a part hereof (the "Leased Land"), on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE,  for payment of rent and the keeping and agreements  hereinafter
set the parties hereto do hereby follows:

1. LEASED PREMISES
- ------------------

         Landlord and in  consideration  of the and  performing of the covenants
Eorth to be kept and performed, mutually covenant and agree as

         Landlord,  for  and  in  consideration  of  the  rents,  covenants  and
agreements  hereinafter reserved and contained on the part of Tenant to be paid,
kept,  performed and observed by Tenant,  hereby demises and leases unto Tenant,
and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord,  the Leased Land,  together with all and
singular  rights,  privileges  and  easements  appurtenant  thereto or which are
hereinafter  provided in this Lease (all of which shall  constitute and comprise
the "Leased Premises"). The Leased Premises are part of and are contained in the
Shopping Center.  The Shopping Center is shown outlined with a heavy black line,
and the Leased Land is shown as the area  cross-hatched in green on the Shopping
Cen'ter Site Plan attached hereto as Exhibit "A-3" and made a part hereof.

2. LEASE TERM.
- --------------

         2.1 Interim and Initial Term
         ----------------------------

         TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Leased Premises unto Tenant, its successors and
permitted  assigns,  for an interim term (the "Interim Term")  commencing on the
date first above  written and  expiring  ninety  (90) days after  completion  of
Landlord's  Work (as  defined  in  Section  4.3 herein  below),  and  continuing
thereafter  following  the  expiration  of the Interim Term 'for an initial term
(the "Initial  'Term")  commencing on the date of expiration of the Interim Term
and expiring on the date twenty (20) years  following the first day of the first
full calendar month  following the  expiration of the Interim Term,  unless this
Lease shall sooner terminate as provided herein.
<PAGE>
         2.2 Option to Extend
         --------------------

         Provided Tenant shall not be in default hereunder either at the time of
the  exercise  of the  option  or on the  commencement  date of the  term of the
option,  Tenant shall have two (2) successive  options of five (5) years each to
extend the term of this Lease  beyond the  Initial  Term upon the same terms and
conditions  as those  herein  specified,  as  applicable  to the Initial Term of
Lease,  with the  exception  of the  minimum  monthly  rental  which shall be as
provided in Section 5 .2 herein below. In the event Tenant exercises one or both
of the  foregoing  options,  if  Landlord's  leasehold  interest in the Shopping
Center  expires  prior to the  expiration  date of such option or options,  this
Lease shall terminate as of the expiration date of Landlord's leasehold interest
in the Shopping Center,  unless this Lease is extended between agreement between
Tenant and the owner of the Shopping Center. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that
landlord  shall have no obligation to exercise any option which extends the term
of this  lease  beyond the date on which  Landlord's  leasehold  interest  would
otherwise  terminate.  If Tenant  elects to exercise the first of said  options,
Tenant shall do so by giving  Landlord  written notice of such election at least
six (6) months but not more than twelve--  (12)months prior to the expiration of
the Initial Term, and, it 'the Tenant elects to exercise the additional  option,
Tenant shall do so by giving  Landlord  written notice of such election at least
six (6) months but not more than twelve (12) months  before the beginning of the
additional period for which the term hereof is to be extended by the exercise of
said  option.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if Tenant fails to exercise the
second option  granted  hereunder  within the  above-prescribed  time period and
Landlord,  on or before the termination of this Lease, elects to extend the term
of its  leasehold  interest  in the  Shopping  Center  (which  term  would  have
otherwise  expired  during the option term which Tenant elected not to exercise)
Tenant shall have ten (10) days after  receipt of written  notice of  Landlord's
extension election in which to elect to exercise the otherwise expired option by
giving Landlord written notice of such election within said ten (10) day period.
If Tenant  exercises  either option  hereunder,  the term of this Lease shall be
automatically  extended for the additional period of years covered by the option
so  exercised,  or such portion  thereof as Tenant's  leasehold  interest in the
Shopping  Center is in effect,  without  execution  of an  extension  or renewal
lease.  As used in this  Lease,  the  phrases  "term of this  Lease",  "the term
hereof", "Lease Term" or words of like import shall refer to the Interim Term of
this Lease and to the Initial Term of this Lease,  as the case may be,  together
with, in any such case,  any extended term with respect to which an option shall
be exercised.

         2.3 Supplemental Memorandum of Lease.
         --------------------------------------

         When the  commencement  date and  termination  date of the initial Term
have been determined as provided in Section 2.1 above, Landlord and Tenant shall
execute,  acknowledge and record a Supplemental  Memorandum of Lease  specifying
therein the commencement date and termination of the Initial Term of this Lease.
<PAGE>
         2.4 Cancellation of Lease.
         -------------------------

         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, in the event
the Initial Term of this Lease is not  commenced  on or before  ninety (90) days
from the date hereof, then Landlord shall have the right to cancel and terminate
this Lease; provided,  however, that such cancellation and termination shall not
relieve either party of liability  arising as a result of a breach by such party
of any covenant or  obligation  to be performed by such party under the terms of
this Lease.

3. USE OF PREMISES-COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND ORDINANCES.
- -------------------------------------------------------

        3.1  Use of Premises
        --------------------

         Tenant  may  use  the  Leased  Premises  for the  purpose  of a  retail
commercial banking operation and for no other purpose whatsoever.  Tenant agrees
to use the Leased Premises in a careful,  safe and proper manner, and not to use
or  permit  the  Leased  Premises  to be used  for any  purposes  prohibited  by
applicable  federal,  state,  county,  municipal or other  govern-  mental laws,
codes, rules and regulations. Tenant shall not commit waste, or suffer or permit
waste  permit  waste to be  committed,  or  permit  any  nuisances  on or in the
Premises.

        3.2. Discontinuance of Business.
        --------------------------------

         If Tenant shall cease  operating all or  substantially  all of Tenant's
business in the Leased  Premises  for a continuous  period of one hundred  fifty
(150) days or for a period of one  hundred  fifty  (150) days out of one hundred
eighty  (180)  days,  for any reason  other  than to permit  repair of damage or
destruction  thereto or to alter or refurbish the Leased  Premises,  or due to a
taking by  condemnation  or other  taking of the Leased  Premises  or the access
thereto,  then  Landlord,  upon sixty (60) days' prior written notice to Tenant,
may terminate this Lease;  provided,  however, that if Tenant shall commence and
continue  the bona fide  operation of Tenant's  business on the Leased  Premises
within sixty (60) days, said notice of termination  shall be nullified and of no
force of effect; and further provided,  however,  that any such the operation of
Tenant's business shall not be deemed an event of default hereunder.

        3.3  Compliance with Laws.
        --------------------------

         Tenant  covenants  that during the Lease term,  Tenant will comply,  at
Tenant's  sole cost and  expense,  with all  laws,  ordinances,  orders,  rules,
regulations and requirements of all federal, state and municipal governments and
appropriate departments,  commissions,  boards and officers hereof, which may be
applicable to the Leased Premises, Tenant's Building and building equipment, any
improvements  thereon  or  therein  or the use or  manner  of use of the  Leased
Premises.
<PAGE>
Right to Contest Laws

         Tenant shall have the right,  after  notice to Landlord,  to contest by
appropriate legal proceedings, without cost or expense to Landlord, the validity
of any law,  ordinance,  order,  rule,  regulation or  requirement of the nature
herein  referred  to and to postpone  compliance  with the same,  provided  such
contest  shall be promptly and  diligently  prosecuted  by and at the expense of
Tenant  and so long as  Landlord  shall not  thereby  suffer  any  civil,  or be
subjected to any  criminal,  penalties or sanctions,  and Tenant shall  properly
protect and save harmless Landlord against any liability and claims for any such
noncompliance or postponement of compliance.  Landlord shall have the right, but
shall be under no obligations to contest by appropriate  legal  proceedings,  at
Landlord's expense, any such law, ordinance, rule, regulation or requirement.

4. TENANT'S BUILDING.
- ---------------------

        4.1 Plans and Specifications.
        -----------------------------

         Tenant   shall   select  an   architect   to  prepare   the  plans  and
specifications  for the  improvements  and to supervise the  construction of the
improvements.  When prepared, they shall be submitted to Landlord for Landlord's
written approval.

         The  following  requirements  shall apply with respect to the plans and
specifications for the improvements and construction thereof:

          a. All construction on the Leased Land shall be in accordance with the
     site plan attached to the Shopping  Center lease  agreement with Toys 'R Us
     (the "Toys  Lease") as Exhibit "a" (the "Toys Site Plan"),  which site plan
     is attached hereto as Exhibit "E" and by this reference made a part hereof;

          b. The height of any building, structure or improvement constructed on
     the  Leased  Land  shall not exceed  twenty  (20) feet above -:he  finished
     grade;

          c., The entrance to any building  constructed on the Leased Land shall
     not be located on the side of such  building  that faces the main  driveway
     between such  building and the area shown as the "Primary  Parking Area" on
     the Toys Site Plan; and

          d. No construction, remodeling, expansion, maintenance or repairs that
     materially decrease the free flow of traffic and pedestrian passage through
     the Common Area to premises  leased to other tenants of the Shopping Center
     shall be permitted during the period from November I through December 31 of
     each year of the term of this Lease.

         When Tenant's plans and specifications  have been approved,  they shall
be attached hereto as Exhibit "B" or, in the alternative,  shall be described in
Exhibit "B" attached hereto.
<PAGE>
        4.2  Governmental Permits, Licenses and Authorizations.
        -------------------------------------------------------

         Tenant  shall  promptly  apply  to  all  applicable   governmental  and
regulatory agencies and authorities in order to secure proper permits, licenses,
and authorizations necessary for the work and shall diligently pursue same until
receipt  thereof.  Landlord  agrees to cooperate with Tenant in applying for all
such  applicable   governmental   permits,   licenses  And   authorizations  and
application  shall be made in Landlord's name if required.  Tenant shall pay all
fees and costs relating thereto.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing  Landlord shall
secure,  at its expense,  all approvals,  permits,  licenses and  authorizations
necessary for completion of Landlord's work.

        4.3 Landlord's Work
        -------------------

         Landlord  shall  grade  and  compact  the  Leased  Land  to the  extent
necessary for Tenant's Building,  as reasonably determined by Tenant's architect
or engineer,  and bring all required utility and sewer facilities and systems to
the perimeter of the Leased Land,  all in strict  accordance  with the plans and
specifications  approved by the parties as  herinabove  provided.  The foregoing
work is herein referred to as "landlord's work".

        4.4 Tenant's Work.
        ------------------

         After the plans and specifications have been prepared and all necessary
permits and  licenses  have been  obtained as provided for  hereinabove,  Tenant
shall enter into a construction  contract for the completion of the work (herein
referred to as  "Tenant's  Work") with a general  contractor  selected by Tenant
with the prior written approval of Landlord.  Said  construction  contract shall
provide for -- one (1) year warranty covering materials and workmanship, a f1oor
and material  bond and a completion  bond issued by a qualified  surety  company
licensed to do business in the state in which the Leased  Premises are situated.
Tenant  shall  have the right to enter  into  addenda  and  change  orders  with
appropriate  adjustments therefor in the Construction  Contract Price,  provided
Tenant shall have first obtained the written approval of Landlord.

        4.5 Architect's Certificate of Completion
        -----------------------------------------

         Upon   completion  of  Tenant's   Work,   the   architect   supervising
construction  shall certify in writing to Landlord and Tenant that Tenant's Work
is  complete   and   Tenant's   Building   is  ready  for  use  and   occupancy.
Simultaneously,  Landlord and Tenant shall  cooperate in securing a proper final
certificate of occupancy or other permit which may be required prior to Tenant's
beginning to transact business on the Leased Premises.

        4.6 Construction Costs
        ----------------------

         Except  as  otherwise   specifically   provided  herein,  Tenant  shall
contribute all sums necessary for completion of Tenant's Work in accordance with
the plans and specifications,  excluding fees of an architect,  if any, employed
by  Landlord  for the  purpose  of  examining  and  passing  upon such plans and
specifications and seeing that Tenant's Work conforms therewith.
<PAGE>
         All  building  and  improvements  shall  be  deemed  a part of the real
property and shall be and remain the property of the Landlord.

         4.7  Trade Fixtures
         -------------------

         Landlord  agrees not to  unreasonably  interfere with Tenant's right to
install fixtures,  furnishings,  equipment and signs  (hereinafter  collectively
referred  to as "Trade  Fixtures")  in, on, or about the Leased  Land during the
Interim Term of this Lease. All Trade Fixtures  installed at any time by Tenant,
Tenant's suppliers, or any permitted subtenant(s) of Tenant in, on, or about the
Leased Land shall be and remain the property of the person,  firm or corporation
installing same and shall be removable at any time during the term of this Lease
provided Tenant or any permitted  subtenant(s) of Tenant shall not be in default
hereunder at the time of such  removal.  The removal of any such Trade  Fixtures
shall be at the expense of Tenant or any permitted  subtenant(s) of Tenant,  who
shall  repair any damage or injury to the Leased  Land or  Tenant's  Building or
other  improvements   occasioned  by  any  such  removal.   Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  Tenant shall remain  liable for any breach of this Section 4.7 or of
any other term or condition of this Lease by Tenant's subtenant(s).

        4.8 Signage
        -----------

         Tenant  shall not erect or  install  any signs on the  Leased  Premises
without the prior written consent of Landlord.  All permitted signs shall comply
appropriate  governmental  authorities,  and all  necessary  permits or licenses
shall be obtained by Tenant.  Tenant shall maintain all permitted  signs in good
condition  and repair at all times and shall  save  Landlord  harmless  from any
injury to persons or property  arising - from the  erection and  maintenance  of
said signs. Upon vacating the Leased Premises, Tenant shall remove all signs and
repair all damage caused by such removal.

        4.9 Encumbrance of the Leasehold.
        ---------------------------------

         Tenant  shall  have the  right to  convey  or  encumber  its  leasehold
interest in the Leased Premises by security deed,  mortgage or other  instrument
in connection  with  obtaining  financing  from a bank or  institutional  lender
provided  Tenant  shall not be in default at such time,  and  provided  all such
conveyances and  encumbrances  shall at all times be ineerior and subject to the
prior right, title and interest of the Landlord therein and thereto.

5. RENTAL
- ---------

        5.1 Interim Term.
        -----------------

         No rental or other  charges  shall  accrue or be  payable  by Tenant to
Landlord  during the interim  Term;  however,  during the entire  Interim  Term,
Tenant shall perform,  observe and discharge all other covenants and obligations
of Tenant under this Lease.
<PAGE>
        5.2 Initial Term and Option Periods.
        ------------------------------------

         Tenant shall pay to Landlord as rental for the use and occupancy of the
Leased Premises during the Initial Term and any extension thereof,  fixed annual
rental,  commencing on the first day of the first full calendar month  following
the date of  expiration  of the Interim Term, a fixed annual rental (the "Annual
Rental") of Thirty Thousand and No Dollars  ($30,000.00)  per year for the first
five (5) years of the Initial  Term;  Thirty-Four  Thousand  Five Hundred and No
Dollars  ($34,500.00)  for  the  next  five  (5)  years  of  the  Initial  Term;
Thirty-Nine  Thousand Six Hundred Eighty and 00/100 Dollars ($39,680.00) for the
next five (5) years of the Initial Term;  Forty-Five Thousand Six Hundred Thirty
and 00/100  Dollars  ($45,630.00)  for the final  five (5) years of the  Initial
Term;  FiEty-Two  Thousand Four Hundred Seventy and 00/100 Dollars  ($52,470.00)
for the first five (5) year option  period;  and Sixty  Thousand  Three  Hundred
Forty and  00/100  Dollars  ($60,340.00)  for the  second  five (5) year  option
period.  The Annual Rental shall be payable in advance in equal  installments of
one-twelfth  (1/12th) of the Annual Rental  applicable to the month in question,
except that installments for partial months shall be prorated.

         5.3 Place of Payment.
         --------------------

         All  payments  of rental  shall be made by Tenant to Landlord in lawful
money of the United States at the address set forth in Section 22.1 herein or at
such other place  within the United  States of America as Landlord may from time
to time direct in writing.

6. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
- ----------------------------

         Except as provided  in Section 4. 9 above,  or in the event of a merger
or  consolidation  of Tenant with another bank Authorized to conduct business in
North Carolina, neither this Lease nor any or all interest herein shall be sold,
mortgaged, pledged, encumbered,  assigned, transferred, or otherwise disposed of
in any manner by Tenant, voluntarily or involun- tarily, by operation of law, or
otherwise, nor shall the Leased Premises or any part thereof be sublet, used, or
occupied for the conduct of any business any third person,  firm, or corporation
or for any purpose other than herein authorized, except with the written consent
of Landlord. A sale or sales of fifty percent (50%) or more of the capital stock
of Tenant (if Tenant is a corporation)  or of the majority  interest in capital,
profits,  or losses of Tenant (if Tenant is a partnership) shall be deemed to be
a prohibited  assignment  of this Lease within the meaning of this Article 6. In
the event Tenant desires to sublet the Leased Premises,  or any portion thereof,
or assign this lease,  Tenant shall give written  notice  thereof to Landlord at
least ninety (90.) days but not more than one hundred eighty (180) days prior to
the proposed commence- ment date of such subletting or assignment,  which notice
shall set forth the name of the proposed  subtenant  or  assignee,  the relevant
terms of any sublease or  assignment  and copies of financial  reports and other
relevant financial  information or the proposed subtenant or assignee.  Landlord
shall notify  Tenant of its decision to grant or withhold its consent,  which it
may do in its  sole  discretion,  within  thirty  (30)  days of its  receipt  of
Tenant's written notice. Notwithstanding any permitted assignment or subletting,
<PAGE>
Tenant shall at all times remain  directly and primarily  liable for the payment
of the  rent  herein  specified  and  for  compliance  with  all  of  its  other
obligations  under this Lease. Upon the occurrence of a default under Section 20
of this  Lease that is not cured  within the  applicable  grace  period,  if the
Leased  Premises or any part thereof are then sublet,  Landlord,  in addition to
any other  remedies  provided  herein or by law, may collect  directly from such
subtenant all rents due and becoming due to Tenant under such sublease and apply
such rent  against  any sums due to  Landlord  from  Tenant  hereunder.  No such
collection  directly  from an  assignee  or  subtenant  shall  be  construed  to
constitute  a novation or a release of Tenant from the  further  performance  of
Tenant's obligations hereunder. Any guaranty of Tenant executed as consideration
for this Lease shall  remain in full force and effect  before and after any such
assignment or subletting. Landlord may require Tenant, and Tenant hereby agrees,
to  execute a  guaranty  of this  Lease  before  Landlord  consents  to any such
assignment or sublease.

         In  addition  to  Landlord's  right  to  consent  to any  subtenant  or
assignee,  Landlord shall have the option, in its sole discretion,  in the event
of any proposed  subletting or assignment,  to terminate  this Lease,  or in the
case of a proposed subletting of less than the entire Premises, to recapture the
portion  of  the  Premises  to be  sublet,  as of the  date  the  subletting  or
assignment  is to be  effective.  The option shall be  exercised  by  Landlord's
giving Tenant written notice thereof within sixty (60) days following Landlord's
receipt of Tenant's  written  notice as required  above.  If this Lease shall be
terminated with respect to the entire Leased Premises, the Term shall end on the
date  stated  in  Tenant's  notice  as the  effective  date of the  sublease  or
assignment  as if that  date had been  originally  fixed in this  Lease  for the
expiration  of the Term.  If  Landlord  recaptures  only a portion of the Leased
Premises,  the Annual Rental shall abate,  proportionately,  based on the Annual
Rental due as of the date immediately prior to such recapture.  Tenant shall, at
Tenant's  sole cost and expense,  discharge in full any  outstanding  commission
obligation with respect to this Lease and any commissions  which may be owing as
a result of any proposed  assignment or subletting,  whether or not the Premises
are rented by Landlord to the proposed tenant or any other tenant.

         Consent by Landlord to any  assignment or subletting  shall not include
consent on a  subsequent  assignment  or  subletting  of the Leased  Premises by
Tenant  or its  assignee  or  sublessee  or the  consent  to the  assignment  or
transferring  of any Lease renewal option  rights,  space option rights or other
special  privileges  granted to Tenant hereunder (and such - options,  rights or
privileges shall terminate upon such assignment),  unless Landlord  specifically
grants  in  writing  such  options,  rights  or  privileges  to  assignee  or or
subtenant. Any sale assignment,  mortgage,  transfer of this lease or subletting
which does not comply with the provisions of this Section shall be void.

         Notwithstanding  Landlord's  consent,  in the event that Tenant  sells,
sublets, assigns, or transfers this Lease and at any time receives periodic rent
and/or other consideration which exceeds that which Tenant would at that time be
obligated  to pay to Landlord,  Tenant  shall pay to Landlord  100% of the gross
increase  in such rent as such rent is  received by Tenant and 100% of any other
consideration received by Tenant from such subtenant or such assignee.

         Should  Landlord  consent to an  assignment  or sublease of this Lease,
Tenant,  its  proposed  assignee or  subtenant  and  Landlord  shall  execute an
agreement prepared by or acceptable to Landlord wherein the proposed assignee or
subtenant  agrees to be bound by the terms and  conditions  of this  Lease,  and
Tenant will pay to Landlord  on demand a sum equal to all of  Landlord's  costs,
including without limitation  reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred in connection
with such assignment, sublease or transfer.
<PAGE>
7.  REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE.
- ----------------------------

         At the sole cost and expense of Tenant and throughout the terms hereof,
Tenant shall keep and maintain the Leased Premises in good order,  condition and
repair,  in a clean,  sanitary and safe condition in accordance with the laws of
the State in which the Leased  Premises are located,  and in accordance with all
directions,,  rules  and  regulations  of the  health  officer,  fire  marshall,
building  inspector,  or any other proper officer of the  governmental  agencies
having  jurisdiction  over the Leased Premises.  Without limiting the foregoing,
Tenant shall be responsible for maintenance, repair and replacement as needed of
all electrical,  plumbing, ventilating and utility systems located on the Leased
Premises  (including  the HVAC  Facilities),  all windows,  window  fittings and
sashes,  and  interior  and  exterior  doors,  all  fixtures  within  the Leased
Premises,  all interior walls, floors and ceilings,  water heaters,  termite and
pest  extermination,  all of Tenant's  improvements  and trade fixtures.  Tenant
shall keep and maintain the Leased Premises in accordance with all  requirements
of law  concerning  the manner,  usage and condition of the Leased  Premises and
appurtenances  thereto, as the same shall be in effect from time to time. Tenant
shall permit no waste,  damage or injury to the Leased Premises.  If at any time
and from time to time  during  the term  hereof  Tenant  shall  fail to make any
maintenance,  repairs or  replacements in and to the Leased Premises as required
in this Lease, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation,  to 'enter
the Leased  Premises  and to make the same for and on behalf of Tenant,  and all
sums so expended by Landlord shall be deemed to be additional rent hereunder and
payable to Landlord upon demand.

8. ALTERATIONS BY TENANT
- ------------------------

         Tenant  shall  not make  any  structural  changes  to the  interior  of
Tenant's  Building  or any change to the  exterior  building  without  the prior
written consent of Landlord. No building at any time on the Leased Land shall be
demolished  without the prior written  consent of the Landlord and any mortgagee
of Landlord. All permitted changes and alterations (herein collectively referred
to as  "Alterations")  shall  be  made in all  cases  subject  to the  following
conditions which Tenant covenants and agrees to observe and perform:

          (a) No Alteration shall be undertaken until Tenant shall have procured
     and paid for,  so far as the same may be  required  from time to time,  all
     municipal  and other  governmental  permits and any  authorizations  of the
     various  municipal   departments  and  governmental   subdivisions   having
     jurisdiction, and Landlord agrees to join, at the expense of the Tenant, in
     the application for any such permit or whenever such action is necessary.

          (b) Each Alteration,  when completed,  shall be of such a character as
     to not adversely  affect the value of the improvements and equipment on the
     Leased Land immediately before such alteration.

          (c) All work  done in  connection  with any  Alteration  shall be done
     promptly and in a good and  workmanlike  manner and in compliance  with the
     applicable  municipal  building  and zoning  laws and with all other  laws,
     ordinances,  orders, rules,  regulations and requirements of federal, state
     and municipal governments and appropriate departments,  commissions, boards
     and officers thereof; the cost of any such alteration shall be paid in cash
     or its  equivalent,  so that no liens shall be enforced  against the Leased
     Premises or the Shopping Center for labor and materials supplied or claimed
     to have been supplied to the Leased Premises.
<PAGE>
          (d) No Alteration  Building shall result in Tenant's Building having a
     height of twenty  (20) feet above  grade,  nor shall it  violate  any other
     provision of Section 4.1 above.

          (e) If Tenant  ceases  the  operation  of its  business  on the Leased
     Premises  during  such  Alterations,  Tenant  shall  construct  barriers to
     obscure  the view of such  construction  from the  Shopping  Center and the
     adjacent roadways.

9. LIENS AND CLAIMS

         Tenant shall not cause,  directly or indirectly,  the Leased  Premises,
Tenant's  Building,  or the  Shopping  Center to be  encumbered  by any liens of
mechanic's,  laborers, or materialmen or any other liens. Tenant shall, whenever
and as often as any such liens are filed against the Leased  Premises,  Tenant's
Building or the  Shopping  Center and are  purported to be for labor or material
furnished  or to be  furnished to Tenant,  discharge  the same of record  within
sixty (60) days after the date of filing by payment,  bonding or  otherwise,  as
provided by law.  Tenant shall,  upon  reasonable  notice and request in writing
from Landlord,  also defend against Landlord, at Tenant's sole cost and expense,
any action,  suit, or proceeding  which may be brought on or for the enforcement
of any -such  lien and shall pay any  damages  and  satisfy  and  Discharge  any
judgements  entered in such action,  suit, or proceeding and shall save harmless
Landlord from any liability, calim, or damages resulting therefrom. Indefault of
Tenant  procuring the discharge of any such lien,  Landlord may, without further
notice, procure the discharge therof by bonding or payment or otherwise, and all
costs and expenses which Landlord may incur in obtaining such discharge shall be
paid by Tenant as additional rent within ten (10) days of any demand therefor.


10. UTILITIES.
- --------------

         10.1 Tenant Pays Charges
         ------------------------

         During the term of this Lease, Tenant shall pay or cause to be paid all
charges for gas, electricity, water, and other utilities furnished to the Leased
Premises  and all sewer use  charges  or  similar  charges  or  assessments  for
utilities  levied  against  the Leased  premises  and shall make all  reasonable
efforts to insure that all such services are separately metered or assessed.


11. TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS
- -------------------------

         11.1  Real Estate.
         ------------------

         As used herein, the term "Real Estate Taxes" shall mean all real estate
taxes,  assessments  for  improvements  to the  Leased  Land  and  improvements,
municipal  or county  water and sewer rates and  charges  which shall be levied,
assessed,  or imposed  against the Leased Land or Tenant's  E3uildincj_  and any
other  improvements  erected or caused to be erected  thereon and which become a
lien or are due and payable thereon during the term of this Lease, excluding any
franchise,  corporate,  income, personal property,  capital levy, capital stock,
excess profits,  transfer,  revenue, estate, gift, inheritance or succession tax
payable  by  Landlord  or any other tax,  assessment,  levy or charge  upon,  or
measured in whole or in part by, the income or profits of Landlord;
<PAGE>
provided,  however, if at any time during the term of this, Lease, the method of
taxation  prevailing  on the  commencement  date of the  Interim  Term  shall be
altered so as to cause any tax  measured by or imposed  upon the rental or other
sums payable  hereunder to be substituted  for Real Estate Taxes or assessments,
then such taxes shall be 'deemed  included in the  obligations  of Tenant  under
this  Section,  but only to the  extent  the same would be payable if the Leased
Land were the only property of Landlord subject to such taxes.

         11.2  Payment by Tenant.
         ------------------------

         Tenant  shall  pay or cause  to be  paid,  before  any  fine,  penalty,
interest  or cost may be added  thereto  for the  nonpayment  thereof,  all Real
Estate  Taxes  levied  against the Leased  Land  during the Initial  Term or any
extended term of this Lease,  including the improvements on the Leased Land, and
all permitted  alterations and additions thereto.  Tenant shall not be obligated
for the payment of such taxes during the Interim  Term. If the Leased Land shall
not be separately assessed but shall be assessed as a part of a larger parcel of
real  property or as a part of the  Shopping  Center and  improvements  owned by
Landlord,  until such time as the  Leased  Land  shall be  separately  assessed,
Tenant  shall  pay,  within ten (10) days of written  demand  for  payment  from
Landlord, a portion of any Real Estate Taxes levied against the entire parcel of
real property or the Shopping  Center owned by Landlord on the following  basis:
Tenant's  share shall be an amount equal to the product  obtained by multiplying
such Real Estate Taxes by a fraction the  numberator of which shall be the gross
leaseable floor area of Tenant's Building, and the denominator of which shall be
the toal gross  leasable  floor area of all buildings in the Shopping  Center as
shown on Exhibit "A-3".  Gross leaseable floor area of the Shopping Center means
all ground floor area contained in the Shopping  Center  designated for tenants'
exclusive occupancy.

         11.3 Installment Payments
         -------------------------

         If any real estate,  special tax or assessments  are at any time during
the Initial Term or any extended  term of this Lease levied or assessed  against
the Leased Land,  which,  upon exercise of any option permitted by the assessing
authority,  may be paid in installments  or converted to an installment  payment
basis  (irrespective of whether  interest shall accrue on unpaid  installments),
Tenant  may  elect  to pay such  taxes in  installments  with  accrued  interest
thereon,  provided  such  taxes are  separately  assessed.  In the event of such
election,  Tenant  shall be liable  only for those  installments  of such tax or
assessment  which  accrue and become  payable  during the  Initial  Term'or  any
extended term of this Lease plus accrued interest thereon.

         11.4 Proration
         --------------

         Any Real Estate  Taxes which are payable by Tenant  hereunder  shall be
prorated  between  Landlord and Tenant as of the date of commencement  and as of
the date of-  expiration  or  earlier  termination  of the  Initial  Term or any
extension  thereof if such Real Estate  Taxes  relate to a fiscal  period of the
levying  authorities which commences before the commencement of the Initial Term
or extends  beyond the  expiration or earlier  termination of the term hereof so
that Tenant  shall only pay that portion of such Real Estate Taxes equal to that
proportion  which  the  number  of days  of  such  fiscal  the  Initial  Term or
extensions  thereof  number of days of such  fiscal  period  falling  within the
Initial  Term or  estensions  thereof  bears to the total number of days of such
fiscal period.
<PAGE>
         11.5  Cooperation of Landlord.
         ------------------------------

         Landlord agrees to execute such documents and take such other action as
may be reasonably required so that the Leased Land will be assessed and taxed as
a separate parcel from the entire parcel of real property owned by Landlord.

         11.6 Personal Property.
         -----------------------

         Tenant  covenants  'and agrees to pay before  delinquency  all personal
property  taxes,  assessments  and liens  levied  during the Initial Term or any
extended term of this Lease upon all personalty belonging to Tenant and situated
on or about the Leased Land.

12. INDEMNIFICATION AND NONLIABILITY OF LANDLORD AND TENANT
- -----------------------------------------------------------

         Tenant agrees to protect,  defend, indemnify and save harmless Landlord
against any and all loss, damages and liability on account of any, all and every
demand or claim or assertion  of  liability  or any claim or any action  founded
thereon  arising or alleged to have arisen out of any act or omission of Tenant,
its agents, servants,  employees,  patrons, customers,  independent contractors,
licensees or invitees, arising out of the occupation,  use, possession,  conduct
or  management  of the  Leased  Premises  whether  such  claim or  action be for
damages,  injury to person or property,  including  the  property of Tenant,  or
death of any person, made by any person, group or organization, whether employed
by either of the parties hereto or otherwise, except if Landlord shall have been
grossly negligent under the circumstances involved.

         Landlord  agrees to protect,  defend and  indemnify  and save  harmless
Tenant against any and all loss,  damages,  and liability on account of any, all
and every demand or claim or assertion of liability  for any claim or any action
founded thereon,  arising,  or alleged to have arisen out of any act or omission
of Landlord, its agents, servants,  employees,  patrons, customers,  independent
contractors, licensee's or invitee's arising out of its use, possession, conduct
or management of the Shopping Center whether such claim or action be or damages,
injury to personal  property,  including the property of Land- lord, or death of
any  person,  made by any person,  group or  organization,  whether  employed by
either of the  parties  hereto or  otherwise,  except if Tenant  shall have been
grossly negligent under the circumstances involved.

13. INSURANCE.
- --------------

         13.1 Hazard Insurance.
         ----------------------

During the term hereof,  Tenant shall at Tenant's sole cost and expense, for the
mutual  benefit and  protection of Landlord,  Landlord's  mortgagees and Tenant,
procure and maintain or cause to be procured and  maintained an all-ri policy or
policies  of  insurance  with a vandalism  and  malicious  mischief  endorsement
covering  Tenant's  Building  and all other  improvements  located on the Leased
Land,  in a company or  companies  licensed to do business in the state in which
the Leased Land is situated and acceptable to Landlord, in a total amount of one
hundred percent (100%) of the full  replacement  value of Tenant's  Building and
<PAGE>
appurtenances,  but in no event  shall  such  policies  contain  a  co-insurance
provision.  The term  "full  replacement  value"  shall  mean  the  then  actual
replacement cost,  excluding  excavation and foundation costs.  Tenant agrees to
reevaluate insurance coverage at Land'lord's request, but not more often than at
one (1) year  intervals  and to increase  said coverage if it shall then be less
than one hundred percent (100%) of the then full replacement value.

         All policies of insurance,  and all renewals  thereof,  shall name both
Landlord  and Tenant as insureds  and provide for the payment of all losses to ,
its successors or assigns (hereinafter  referred to as the "Insurance Trustee"),
for the use and benefit of the  Landlord  and the Tenant,  and of the  mortgagee
under any mortgage on the leasehold  estate (the  "Mortgagee") as -------- their
respective interests may appear.

         In the event of any loss,  the Insurance  Trustee shall proceed to hold
and  disburse  the  proceeds of any such  policies of  insurance  as provided in
Article  15  hereinbelow.  During  the term of this  Lease,  Tenant  shall,  at'
Tenant's  sole cost and  expense,  for the  mutual  benefit  and  protection  of
Landlord and Tenant,  maintain comprehensive general liability insurance against
claims for personal injury or death and property  damage  occurring upon, in, or
about  the  Leased  Premises,  or on, in or about the  adjoining  sidewalks  and
passageway under the control of Tenant, such insurance to afford protection to a
limit  of not less  than a  combined  single  limit  of  Three  Million  Dollars
($3,000,000)  per occurrence in respect of personal injury or death and property
damage.


         13.2  Course of Construction Policy.
         ------------------------------------

         Tenant shall  during the Interim Term obtain at Tenant's  sole cost and
expense a "course  of  construction"  policy of  insurance,  including,  but not
limited to,  provisions for fire and extended coverage covering the building and
appurtenances to be constructed by Tenant on the Leased Land. Landlord, Tenant's
contractor  and Tenant  shall be named as  insureds  under such  policy.  Tenant
agrees that any "course of construction"  policy obtained shall provide that any
insurance   carried  by  Landlord   shall  be  in  excess  of  said  "course  of
construction" policy and shall not contribute to payment of any loss thereunder.

         13.3 Workman's Compensation.
         ----------------------------

         During the term of this  lease,  Tenant  shall  maintain or cause to be
maintained, workmen's compensation insurance as required by law.

         13.4 Blanket Policies
         ---------------------

         All policies of insurance  required  hereunder of the Tenant during the
term of this Lease may be in the form of "blanket"  policies,  provided that the
coverage thereunder must be at least equal to that which would be provided under
the separate policies which Tenant must maintain pursuant to this Lease.
<PAGE>
         13.5 Policies and Certificates of Insurance.
         --------------------------------------------

         Tenant  agrees  during the term of this  Lease,  to deliver to Landlord
certified copies o'f policies  evidencing the insurance procured by Tenant under
the terms hereof,  or to deliver in lieu thereof  certificates  of coverage from
the insurance company or companies writing said policy or policies of insurance,
which  certificates  shall  designate the company  writing the same, the number,
amount and  provisions  thereof,  and shall  indicate on the face  thereof  that
Landlord is a named insured under said policies and that  Landlord's  mortgagees
on the Leased Land shall be named  insureds  for the  policies  provided in this
Lease.

         13.6 Cancellation or Termination
         --------------------------------

         All  insurance  policies  to be  provided  by  Tenant  shall  contain a
provision  that said  policies  shall  not be  cancelled,  terminated  or expire
without  thirty (30) days prior notice from the  insurance  company to Landlord.
Tenant  agrees  that on or before  twenty  (2) days prior to  expiration  of any
insurance policy,  Tenant shall deliver to Landlord written  notification in the
form of a receipt  or other  similar  documents  from the  applicable  insurance
company that said policy or policies have been renewed, or deliver  certificates
of coverage or certified  copies from another  insurance  company licensed to do
business  in the state in which the Leased  Land is located  and  acceptable  to
Landlord for such coverage.

         13.7 Failure to Procure.
         ------------------------

         In the  event  Tenant  should  fail to  procure  or keep in  force  the
insurance which, as provided in this Lease, must be procured and kept by Tenant,
Landlord  may, but shall not be obligated  to,  procure  insurance  for Tenant's
benefit  and  recover the cost  thereof  from  Tenant  within ten (10) days from
written demand therefor from Landlord.

         13.8 Landlord's Insurance.
         --------------------------

         During the term of this Lease,  Landlord shall, at Landlord's sole cost
and  expense,  for the mutual  benefit and  protection  of Landlord  and Tenant,
maintain  comprehensive  general liability insurance against claims for personal
injury or death and property  damage  occurring  upon, on, or about the Shopping
Center,  such  insurance  to  afford  protection  to a limit of not less  than a
combined single limit of One Million Dollars  ($1,000,000.00)  per occurrence in
respect of personal injury or death and property damage,  as well as a so-called
"umbrella"  or excess  liability  policy to afford  protection to a limit of not
less than a combined  single limit of Five Million Dollars  ($5,000,000.00)  per
occurrence in respect of personal injury or death and property damage.

         Landlord  agrees  during the term of this  Lease,  to deliver to Tenant
certified  copies of 'policies  evidencing  the  insurance  procured by Landlord
under the terms hereof,  or to deliver in lieu thereof  certificates of coverage
from the  insurance  company or  companies  writing  said  policy or policies of
insurance,  which certificates shall designate the company writing the same, the
number,  amount and provisions thereof. All insurance policies to be provided by
Landlord  shall contain a provision  that said policies  shall not be cancelled,
<PAGE>
terminated or expire  without  thirty (30) days' prior notice from the insurance
company to Tenant.  Landlord  agrees that on or before twenty (20) days prior to
expiration of any insurance  policy,  Landlord  shall deliver to Tenant  written
notification  in the form of a  receipt  or  other  similar  documents  from the
applicable  insurance company that said policy or policies have been renewed, or
deliver  certificates  of coverage or certified  copies from  another  insurance
company licensed to do business in the state in which the Leased Land is located
and acceptable to Tenant for such coverage.

         In the  event  Landlord  should  fail to  procure  or keep in force the
insurance  which,  as  provided  in this  Lease,  must be  procured  and kept by
Landlord,  Tenant may,  but shall not be obligated  to,  procure  insurance  for
Landlord '- Landlord  benefit and recover the cost thereof from Landlord  within
ten (10) days from written demand therefor from Tenant.

14. DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION.
- ---------------------------

         14.1 Damage Covered by Insurance
         --------------------------------

         If, during the term of this Lease,  the Leased Land shall be damaged or
destroyed by a cause or casualty  covered by the insurance Tenant is required to
carry pursuant to Article 13 above,  Tenant shall repair or replace the building
and/or  improvements  damaged or destroyed by the  insurable  cause of damage or
destruction  on the same plan and  design as existed  immediately  prior to such
damage or destruction,  subject to such delays as may be reasonably attributable
to  governmental  restrictions  or other  causes  beyond the  control of Tenant.
Materials used in repair shall be as nearly like original  materials as may then
be reasonably  procured in regular channels of supply. All proceeds of insurance
carried on Tenant's  Building and any other  improvements  located on the Leased
Land  hereinabove,  payable as a result of such damage or destruction,  shall be
used and applied in accordance  with Article 13 hereinabove  and this Article 14
to the extent  necessary for such repair or  rebuilding.  Landlord  shall not be
required to contribute any of its own funds to the cost of repair or rebuilding.

         14.2 Damage Not Covered by Insurance.
         -------------------------------------

         If,  during  the term of this  Lease,  Tenant's  Building  or any other
improvements located on the Leased Land shall be damaged or destoyed by a clause
or casualty not covered by the insurance Tenant is required to maintain pursuant
to Article 14 hereinabove to the extent of twenty-five  percent (25%) or more of
the monetary value thereof,  then by written notice to Tenant within thrity (30)
days  after  the date of such  damage  or  destruction,  Landlord  may  elect to
terminate  this Lease.  However,  if Landlord  gives  notice of  termination  to
Tenant, this Lease shall not be so terminated if the Tenant shall, within thirty
(30) days after  receipt of such  notice,  give  written  notice to  Landlord of
Tenant's  Building and  improvements.  In such event,  Tenant shall, at its sole
expense,  provide the funds necessary therefor and shall thereafter promptly and
diligently repair and restore the Leased Premises to the same extent required in
section 14.1  hereinabove.  In the event any such damage or destruction,  from a
cause not covered by the  insurance  required to be  maintained in Article 13 is
not sufficient to permit termination of the Lease pursuant to this Section 14.2,
Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, promptly repair and restore the
Leased Premises to the same extent required in Section 14.1 hereinabove. 14.3
<PAGE>
         14.3 Approval of Plans.
         -----------------------

                  Prior to commencement of such  restoration,  reconstruction or
replacement,  the Tenant,  or the  Mortgagee,  in the event any mortgagee  shall
elect to  undertake  such  restoration,  reconstruction  or  replacement,  shall
furnish  Landlord  with  a copy  of all  plans,  specifications,  contracts  and
guaranty  bonds,  or  documents  and shall obtain the prior  written  consent of
Landlord for all repairs involving  structural  portions of the Leased Premises.
All such  restoration,  reconstruction  or  replacement  shall be subject to the
provisions of Sections 4.1 and 8 above.

         14.4   Disbursement of Proceeds.
         --------------------------------

         After such resoration, repair, reconstruction or replacement shall have
commenced,  the supervising architect,  or if there be no supervising architect,
then the general contractor in charge of such work, shall certify monthly to the
Insurance  Trustee  statements  showing  the actual cost of the work done in the
preceding month, and shall furnish satisfactory receipts for labor and materials
showing  that  Tenant has paid such  costs in full.  Theerupon,  said  Insurance
Trustee  shall  reimburse  Tenant for ninety (90)  percent of the amount of such
monthly  cost  paid by the  Tenant.  Upon the  completion  of such  restoration,
repair, reconstruction,  or replacement free from liens for labor and materials,
the Tenant shall  exhibit to said  Trustee  receipts in full showing that it has
paid for all of said work and  thereupon  said Trustee  shall pay to said Tenant
the balance  remaining in said  insurance  fund, it being  understood and agreed
that the cost of  administering  said trust  including the  compensation of said
Insurance  Trustee  shall not be paid out of or  withheld  from  said  insurance
proceeds, but shall be paid by Tenant.

          14.5 Replacement of Tenant's Equipment.
          ---------------------------------------

         Leased Premises not giving rise to a termination of this Lease,  Tenant
shall, at its own expense,  replace and repair so much of Tenant's  equipment in
the Leased Premises which may be damaged or destroyed,  as may, in the option of
Tenant,  be necessary for the resumption by Tenant of its business in the Leased
Premises.  Such replacement or repair shall commence as soon after the damage or
destruction as may be reasonably possible,  subject to delays beyond the control
of Tenant.

         14.6  Right to Terminate.
         -------------------------

         In the event of the damage or destruction  of the Leased  Premises by a
cause or casualty  covered by the insurance Tenant is required to carry pursuant
to Article 13 hereinabove, either party hereto shall have the right to terminate
this  Lease if,  during  the last  three (3)  years of the  Initial  Term or any
extensions of this Lease,  Tenant's  Building is damaged in an amount  exceeding
sixty-six  and  two-thirds  percent  (66-2/3%) of the then  reconstruction  cost
thereof,  provided that, in such event,  such termination of this Lease shall be
effected  by written  notice  within  ninety (90) days of the  happening  of the
casualty causing such damage,  and all insurance proceeds shall promptly be paid
over to Landlord by the Insurance Trustee.
<PAGE>
15. CONDEMNATION
- ----------------

          15.1 Total or Substantial Takinq.
          ---------------------------------

          (a)  Total  Taking.   In  the  event  the  Leased  Premises  shall  be
     appropriated  or taken  under the power of eminent  domain by any public or
     quasi-public  authority,  this Lease shall  terminate  and expire as of the
     date of such  appropriation  or  taking,  and  Landlord  and  Tenant  shall
     thereupon be released  from any  liability  hereunder  for  occurrences  or
     omissions  hereunder  arising  subsequent .to such date of appropriation or
     taking.

          (b) Partial  Taking.  In the event as much as twenty  percent (20%) of
     the Leased  Premises or  twenty-five  percent (25%) of the Shopping  Center
     shall be  appropriated  or taken  under the power of eminent  domain by any
     public or quasi-public authority, Tenant shall have the right to cancel and
     terminate  this Lease as of the date of such taking  upon  giving  Landlord
     written  notice of such election  within thirty (30) days after the receipt
     by Tenant from Landlord of notice that the Leased  Premises or the Shopping
     Center  have  been  so   appropriated  or  taken.  In  the  event  of  such
     cancellation,  Landlord  and Tenant shall  thereupon  be released  from any
     liability under this 'Lease for occurrences or omissions  hereunder arising
     subsequent to such date of appropriation or taking.

         15.2   Effect on Rent
         ---------------------

         If this Lease is terminated as provided in Section  15.1.  herein,  the
rent for the last  month  of  Tenant's  occupancy  shall  be  prorated,  and the
Landlord agrees to refund to the Tenant any rent paid in advance.

        15.3 Condemnation Award.
        ------------------------

         All compensation awarded or paid upon such a total or partial taking of
the Leased Premises shall belong to and be the property of Landlord  without any
participation  by Tenant.  Nothing  contained  herein  shall affect the Tenant's
right to prosecute any claim directly  against the condemning  authority in such
condemnation  proceedings for loss of business,  and/or  depreciation to, damage
to, and/or cost of removal of Tenant's  Building,  and/or for the value of stock
and/or  trade  fixtures,  furniture  and  other  personal  property  of  Tenant;
provided,  however,  that no such claim shall  diminish or  otherwise  adversely
affect  Landlord's  award or the  award(s) of any and all ground and  underlying
lessor(s) and mortgagee(s).

          15.4 Restoration of Remainder
          -----------------------------

         If this Lease shall not be  terminated  as in this  Article 15 provided
but shall  continue as to that  portion of the Leased  Premises  which shall not
have been  appropriated  or taken,  then in that event  Tenant,  at its cost and
expense,  shall immediately  restore to the extent reasonably  possible Tenant's
Building and  improvements  on the Leased Land  remaining to a complete  unit of
like quality and character as existed prior to such appropriation or taking, and
the rent  shall be  reduced  in the  ratio  that the  ground  floor  area of the
restored  Leased  Premises  bears or shall bear to the ground  floor area of the
<PAGE>
Leased Premises before such taking.  Landlord shall make available to Tenant the
proceeds  of any  condemnation  award  received  by  Landlord to the extent such
proceeds  shall  be  attributable  to the  loss of  Tenant's  Building  or other
improvements on the Leased Land.

16. SUBORDINATION AND NONDISTURBANCE
- ------------------------------------

         This Lease shall be subordinate  to the lien of any  underlying  ground
lease and to any mortgage or deed of trust now or hereafter  constituting a lien
on the Leased  Premises and to all  renewals,  modifications  and  extensions of
either,  and Tenant will promptly execute and deliver any instrument  reasonably
required by Landlord in confirmation of such subordination;  provided,  however,
that with respect to any such lien, such subordination shall be conditional upon
the  obligation  of Landlord to secure  from such ground  lessor or  mortgagee a
written  agreement in form for  recordation  that nothing to the contrary in any
such ground lease, mortgage or deed oE trust withstanding,  if by foreclosure or
otherwise,  such lessor or lender or any  successor in interest  shall come into
possession or become the owner of the Leased  Premises or the Shopping Center of
which the Leased Premises form a part, it will not disturb the  possession,  use
or enjoyment  by of the Leased  Premises  nor  disaffirm  this Lease or Tenant's
rights  hereunder,  so  long  as all  obligations  of  are  fully  performed  in
accordance with the provisions of this Lease.

17. RIGHT OF INSPECTION BY LANDLORD
- -----------------------------------

         Landlord and Landlord's representatives,  including, but not limited to
any ground lessor or mortgagee(s) of Landlord,  may enter the Leased Land during
normal  banking  hours or at such  other  times as are  approved  by  tenant  in
writing, for the purpose of inspecting the Leased Premises;  performing any work
which Landlord elects to undertake by reason of Tenant's default  hereunder,  at
Tenant's expense, or posting notices of non-responsibility  under any mechanic's
lien or similar  law;  and,  during  the final  twelve  (12)  months of the term
hereof, presenting the Leased Premises to prospective tenants.

18. SALE OF SHOPPING CENTER BY LANDLORD.
- ----------------------------------------

         In the event of any sale of the Shopping  Center by Landlord,  Landlord
shall be and is hereby  entirely  freed and relieved of all liability  under any
and all covenants and  unaccrued  obligations  contained in or derived from this
Lease  arising  out of any act,  occurrence  or  omission  occurring  after  the
consummation  of such sale,  and  Tenant  shall and  hereby  does  attorn to the
purchaser  at any  such  sale or any  subsequent  sale of the  Shopping  Center,
provided that any such purchaser shall in writing covenant to and with Tenant to
carry out any and all of the covenants and  obligations  of Landlord  under this
Lease.
<PAGE>
19. LIABILITY OF LANDLORD
- -------------------------

         If Landlord  shall fail to perform any covenant,  term, or condition of
this Lease and Tenant shall recover a money  judgment  against,  Landlord,  such
judgment  to be  satisfied  only  out of the  proceeds  of  sale  received  upon
execution  of such  judgment  and levy  thereon  against the right,  title,  and
interest of Landlord in the Shopping  Center as the same may then be  encumbered
and neither Landlord nor any of its partners, officers, or shareholders shall be
liable for any  deficiency.  It is understood that in no event shall Tenant have
any right to levy  execution  against any  property of Landlord,  its  partners,
officers, or shareholders, other than their respective interests in the Shopping
Center. Such right of execution shall be subordinate and subject to any mortgage
or other encumbrance upon the Shopping Center.

20. CONDITIONAL LIMITATIONS-DEFAULT PROVISIONS
- ----------------------------------------------

         20.1 Events of default.
         -----------------------

         If at any time  during the term of this  Lease,  any one or more of the
Eollowing  events (herein called an "Event of Default") shall occur,  that is to
say:

          (a) If Tenant shall make benefit of its creditors; or

          (b) If any  petition  shall  be filed  against  Tenant  in any  court,
     whether or not  pursuant to any statute of the United  States of America or
     of any state, in any bankruptcy,  reorganization,  composition,  extension,
     arrangement  or  insolvency  proceedings,  and Tenant shall  thereafter  be
     adjudicated  bankrupt, or if such proceedings shall not be dismissed within
     sixty (60) days after the  institution of the same, or if any such petition
     shall be so filed by Tenant or a liquidator; or

          (c) If, in any proceeding,  a receiver,  receiver and manager, trustee
     or liquidator be appointed for all or any portion of Tenant's property, and
     such  receiver,  receiver and manager,  trustee or liquidator  shall not be
     discharged  within sixty (60) days after the  appointment of such receiver,
     receiver and manager, trustee or liquidator; or

          (d) If Tenant shall fail to pay any  installment  of rent provided for
     herein,  or any part  thereof,  when the same shall become due and payable,
     and such failure shall continue for five (5) days after notice thereof from
     Landlord,  except that  Landlord  shall not Pe  obligated  to provide  such
     notice more than twice in any twenty-four (24) month period; or

          (e) If Tenant  shall fail to pay any item of real estate  taxes or any
     other  charge or sum  required to be paid by te-n'ant  hereunder,  and such
     failure shall continue for twenty (20) days after notice thereof; or -

          (f) If Tenant  shall  discontinue  its business as provided in Section
     3.2 hereinabove; or

          (g) If Tenant shall fail to perform or any other  requirement  of this
     Lease on the Tenant to be performed or  observed,  and such shall  continue
     for twenty (20) days after thereof from Landlord to Tenant.
<PAGE>
         Then,  upon  the  happening  of any one or  more of the  aforementioned
Events of Default,  Landlord shall have the right, then or at any time therafter
and while such default or defaults shall continue, to give Tenant written notice
of  Landlord's  intention  to terminate  this Lease on a date  specified in such
notice, which date shall not be less than ten (10) days after the date of giving
such notice,  and on the date specified in such notive,  which date shall not be
less than ten (10) days after the date of giving of such notice, and on the date
specified in such notice,  Tenant's  right to possession of the Leased  Premises
shall cease and tenant shall  peaceably  and quietly  yield to and  surrender to
Landlord the Leased  premises and this Lease shall  thereupon be terminated  and
all of the  right,  title and  interest  of Tenant  hereunder  an in the  Leased
Premises  shall  wholly  cease and  expire in the same  manner and with the same
force and effect as if the date of  expiration  of such ten (10) day period were
the date  originally  specified  herein for the expiration of this Lease and the
Lease term,  and Tenant  shall then quit and  surrender  the Leased  premises to
Landlord, but Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided.


         20.2 Reentry by Landlord.
         -------------------------

         In the event of any termination of this Lease as so stated  hereinabove
or as otherwise permitted by law, or if a default shall continue
beyond the  expiration of any grace period above provided for and Landlord shall
have  elected not to  terminate  the Lease,  Landlord  may enter upon the Leased
Premises  and  have,  repossess  and  enjoy  the  same by  summary  proceedings,
ejectment  or  otherwise,  and in any such event  neither  Tenant nor any person
claiming  through or under Tenant by virtue of any statute or of an order of any
court shall be entitled to  possession  or to remain in possession of the Leased
Premises but shall  forthwith quit and surrender the Leased  Premises.  Landlord
shall  incur no  liability  to any  person  for or by reason of any such  entry,
repossession  or  removal  of Tenant or any  person  claiming  through  or under
Tenant.

20.3 Payment of Rental and Expenses Upon Default.
- -------------------------------------------------

         In case of any such  termination,  reentry or  dispossession by summary
proceedings,  ejectment or otherwise, the rent and all other charges required to
be paid by Tenant  hereunder shall thereupon  become due and payable.  up to the
time of such termination, reentry or dispossession, and Tenant shall also pay to
Landlord all expenses  which  Landlord  may then or  thereafter  incur for legal
expenses, reasonable attorneys' fees, brokerage fees and all other costs paid or
incurred  by  Landlord  for  restoring  the  Leased  Premises  to good order and
condition, for maintaining the Leased Premises and improve- ments, for reletting
the  Leased  Premises,  and for  certain  expenses  of  altering  and  otherwise
preparing the Leased Premises for such reletting, which latter expenses shall be
limited to those  incurred  in  connection  with the  removal  of all  fixtures,
equipment and architectural  features unique to Tenant's  operation as a banking
institution (such as, for example, vaults,  automated teller machines,  drive-in
window facilities and overhang) and any repairs necessitated by such removal, as
well as those expenses  incurred in connection with adapting the Leased Premises
to use for retail space (such as, for example,  installation of additional plate
glass windows).

         Landlord may, by written notice,  at its option elect to do and perform
any one or more of the following in addition to, and not in  limitation  of, any
other remedy or right permitted it by law or by this Lease:
<PAGE>
          (a)  Relet  the  Leased  Premises  as  the  agent  of  Tenant  without
     advertisement  and by private negotia- tions and for any term and upon such
     conditions  as Landlord  deems  proper in its  reasonable  discretion,  and
     receive the rent  therefor,  and Tenant shall pay  Landlord any  deficiency
     that may arise by reason of such reletting on demand,  but Tenant shall not
     be entitled  to any surplus so arising and Tenant  shall not have any right
     of prior  approval  with  respect  to the terms or  conditions  upon  which
     Landlord relets the Leased  Premises.  Tenant shall reimburse  Landlord for
     all costs,  expenses and reasonable attorneys' fees of Landlord incurred in
     connection with the default of Tenant,  termination of this Lease, eviction
     of Tenant and reletting the Leased Premises and, to the extent reimbursable
     by Tenant as set Eorth above in this Section  20.3,  all costs and expenses
     of  Landlord  incurred in  connection  with the  preparation  of the Leased
     Premises for reletting.

          (b) As agent of Tenant, do whatever Tenant iq obligated to ' do by the
     provisions of this Lease.  Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord  immediately
     upon  demand for any costs and  expenses,  including,  but not  limited to,
     reasonable  attorneys'  fees,  which  Landlord may incur in thus  effecting
     compliance  with this Lease on behalf of Tenant,  and Tenant further agrees
     that  Landlord  shall not be liable for any damages  resulting to Tenant or
     the property of Tenant from such action, unless caused by the negligence of
     Landlord.

         No act or thing done by Landlord or  Landlord's  agents during the term
of this  Lease  shall be deemed  an  acceptance  of a  surrender  of the  Leased
Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender of the Leased Premises shall be
valid unless the same be made in writing and executed by Landlord. Any waiver of
or redress for any  violation  of any  covenant or  condition  contained in this
Lease or any of the Rules and Regulations now or hereafter  adopted by Landlord,
shall not prevent a subsequent  act, which would have  originally  constituted a
violation,  from  having all the force and effect of an original  violation.  In
case it should be  necessary  or proper for  Landlord to bring any action  under
this Lease,  or to consult,  or place this Lease or any amount payable by Tenant
hereunder,  with  an  attorney  concerning  or  for  the  enforcement  of any of
Landlord's  rights  hereunder,  then  Tenant in each and any such case shall pay
Landlord its reasonable  attorneys'  fees. In the event of any default by Tenant
under the terms and provisions of this Lease,  Landlord,  in addition to but not
in lieu of or in limitation  of, any other right or remedy  provided to Landlord
under  the  terms  of this  Lease  or  otherwise,  shall  have  the  right to be
immediately repaid by Tenant the amount of all sums expended by Landlord and not
repaid by Tenant in connection  with preparing or improving the Leased  Premises
to  Tenant's  specifications  and any and all costs  and  expenses  incurred  in
renovating or altering space to make it suitable for reletting.

         20.4 Waiver of Rights.
         ----------------------

         The right of  Landlord to recover  from Tenant the amounts  hereinabove
provided  for shall  survive the issuance of any order for  possession  or other
cancellation  or termination of this Lease.  Tenant,  for itself and any and all
persons  claiming  through or under Tenant,  including its  creditors,  upon the
termination of this Lease in accordance  with the terms hereof,  or in the event
of entry of judgment for the recovery of the  possession of the Leased  Premises
in any action or proceeding, or if Landlord shall enter the Leased

<PAGE>
         Premises  by process of law or  otherwise,  hereby  waives any right of
redemption  provided  or  permitted  by  any  statute,  law or  decision  now or
hereafter in force,  and does hereby waive,  surrender and give up all rights or
privileges  which Tenant may or might have under and by reason of any present or
future law or decision,  to redeem the Leased  Premises or for a continuation of
this Lease for the term hereby demised after having been dispossessed or ejected
therefrom by process of law or otherwise.

         20.5 Extended Period to Cure Default.
         -------------------------------------

         Anything  in this  Article 20 to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  it is
expressly  understood  that,  with  respect to any Event of  Default  within the
purview of supparagraph (g) of Anything it is Section 20.1 hereof, if such event
of default is of such a nature that it cannot,  in fact, with due diligence,  be
cured  within a period of twenty  (20) days,  Landlord  shall not be entitled to
reenter the Leased  Premises or serve a notice of  termination  upon Tenant,  as
provided in said Section,  nor shall the same be regarded as an Event of Default
for any of the purposes of this Lease, if Tenant shall have commenced the curing
of such  default  within  the  period of twenty  (20) days  referred  to in said
subparagraph  (f), and so long as Tenant shall thereafter  proceed  continuously
and with all due  diligence  and in good  faith to  complete  the curing of such
default not  susceptible  of being cured with due  diligence  within twenty (20)
days, and the time of Tenant within which to cure the same shall be extended for
such period as may be necessary to complete the same with all due diligence.

         20.6  Bank Closure or Takeover by state banking Authority.
         ----------------------------------------------------

         Notwithstanding  any other  provision  contained in this Lease,  in the
event  Tenant is closed or taken over by the Banking  Authority  of the State of
North  Carolina  or any other  bank  supervisory  authority,  the  Landlord  may
terminate  this Lease only with the  concurrence  of such  Banking  Authority or
other bank supervisory authority, and any such authority shall in any event have
the election either to continue or to terminate this Lease; provided that in the
event this Lease is  terminated,  the maximum  claim of Landlord  for damages or
indemnity for injury resulting from the ejection or unexpired term of this Lease
shall in no event be more than the  delivery to Landlord of the Leased  Premises
and all improvements thereon, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances,  and
an amount equal to the rent reserved by this Lease,  without  acceleration,  for
(i) the year next succeeding the date of the surrender of the Leased Premises to
the  Landlord or (ii) the period  through the date of re-entry by the  Landlord,
whichever  period is shorter,  whether  before or after the closing of the Bank,
plus an amount equal to the accrued but unpaid rent, without acceleration, up to
the date of the surrender of the Leased Premises to the Landlord.

21. COMMON AREA.
- ---------------

         21.1 Grant of Easement and Right to Use.
         ----------------------------------------

         At all times  during  the  Initial  Term of this  Lease and  during any
extension  thereof,  Landlord shall  continuously and without  interruption make
available, and hereby grants and to Tenant and Tenant's successors and permitted
assigns,  a  nonexclusive  easement  and the right for Tenant and its  permitted
subtenants in common with Landlord and all persons,  firms and  corporations and
others  conducting  business  within or entitled to use the Shopping  Center and
<PAGE>
their respective customers, guests, licensees, invitees,  subtenants,  employees
and agents,  to use those portions of the _shopping  Center  outlined on Exhibit
"C", attached hereto and made a p3-rt hereof, outside the Leased Land'-and shown
thereon  as  automobile  parking  area,  pedestrian  and  vehicular  accessways,
sidewalks  and  passageways  and ingress and egress areas  (herein  collectively
referred to as "Common  Area") for ingress,  egress,  parking and all  purposes,
including drive-in windows,  for which such areas would customarily be utilized.
Landlord  hereby  reserves  the  right to  change,  alter and  modify  the size,
location,  nature or use of the Common  Areas or  components  thereof  from that
shown on Exhibit "C" , and/or to develop portions thereof as out parcels, at any
time and from time to time during the term hereof;  provided,  however,  that no
such change,  alteration or  modification  shall  materially  interfere with the
means of ingress  and egress to and from the Leased  Premises.  Landlord  hereby
also reserves the right to designate and redesignate areas for employee parking,
and Tenant agrees to cause all of its  personnel to utilize  same.  Tenant shall
provide  to  Landlord,  and  supplement  as and when  necessary,  a list of such
personnel and their vehicles by license plate.  Landlord shall have the right to
tow or cause to be towed all such  vehicles  which do not comply  with  employee
parking  requirements without any liability or responsibility for damage thereto
except in the event of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Landlord.

         21.2 Reimburserrent by Tenant
         -----------------------------

         During  the  Initial  Term and any  extension  of Lease,  Tenant  shall
reimburse  Landlord for  Tenant's pro rata share of the Common Area  maintenance
costs.

         The term'  "Common  Area  Maintenance  Costs"  shall mean all costs and
expense  reasonably  paid or  incurred  by  Landlord  during  the Lease  term in
managing, equipping,  maintaining and operating (including,  without limitation,
management  oEEice rent or rental value,  cleaning,  waste  disposal,  insuring,
landscaping,  advertising and promotion, parking area care, administrative costs
including  management  Eee,  lighting and repairing,  personal  property  taxes,
levies and assessments) the Common Area as hereinabove provided.

         Tenant's pro rata share of the Common Area Maintenance Costs shall be a
fraction,  the  numerator  of which  shall be the total  gross  leaseable  floor
area(expressed-in  square feet) of Tenant's  Building,  which area shall include
the area  covered by  Tenant's  drive-through  window  facilities  but shall not
include  Tenant's  parking area, and the denominator of which shall be the gross
leasable  floor area  (expressed  in square feet) of all  buildings  constructed
within the Shopping  Center.  For each calendar  year or part thereof  occurring
during the Initial Term or any extensions of this Lease, Landlord shall have the
right  to make a good  faith  estimate  of  Tenant's  share of the  Common  Area
Maintenance  Costs for the  upcoming  calendar  year and upon fifteen (15) days'
written  notice  to Tenant  to  require  the  payment  by Tenant of  one-twelfth
(1/12th) of such amount on the first (Ist) day of each month during the calendar
year in question.  By April I of each calendar year during the Lease term, or as
soon  thereafter as practical,  Landlord  shall furnish to Tenant a statement of
Common Area Maintenance Costs for the prior calendar year, including therein the
calculation  of any additional  amount owed by Tenant to Lnadlord,  which amount
shall be promptly paid by Tenant to Landlord,  as additional  rent.  Any amounts
owed by Landlord to Tenant  because of  overpayment  by Tenant shall be promptly
<PAGE>
refunded as long as Tenant is not in default hereunder. If, for any reason other
than the default of Tenant,  this Lease shall  terminate on a day other than the
last day of a calendar year, the additional  rent payable by Tenant  pursuant to
this  Section  22.3 shall be prorated on the basis which the number of days from
the  commencement of such calendar year to and including such  termination  date
bears to three hundred  sixty-five (365).  During any calendar year Landlord may
revise Tenant's Common Area Maintenance  Costs which are currently being paid if
it appears to Landlord that the actual Common Area  Maintenance  Costs will vary
from the anticipated Common Area Maintenance Costs by five percent (5%) or more.

          21.3 Rules and Regulations
          --------------------------

         Tenant agrees that Landlord has the right, at any time and from time to
time,  for the general  welfare of the Shopping  Center and its  -occupants,  to
impose  reasonable  rules and regulations of general  application  governing the
conduct of occupants of the Shopping  Center and their use of the Common  Areas.
Tenant agrees to comply with any and all such rules and  regulations  imposed by
Landlord,  including,  without limitation, those rules and regulations set forth
in Exhibit "'D" .


23. GENERAL PROVISIONS.
- -----------------------

         23.1 Notices
         ------------

         Every notice, demand, request, designation,  consent, approval or other
document or  instrument-required or permitted to be served hereunder shall be in
writing,  shall be deemed to have been duly  delivered,  if sent by mail, on the
third (3rd) day after  mailing and shall be hand  delivered or sent by certified
or registered  United States mail,  postage prepaid,  return receipt  requested,
addressed to the parties hereto as their addresses appear below:

If to Landlord:                 Zarernba CenterPoint Cornpany
                                5881 Glenridge Drive, Suite 140
                                Atlanta, Georgia 30328
                                Attn: Charles Miller

With a copy to:                 Zaremba Management Corporation
                                c/o Zaremba Corporation
                                14600 Detroit Avenue
                                Lakewood, Ohio 44107

If to Tenant:                   Guaranty State Bank
                                Post Office Box 1731
                                Durham, North Carolina
                                Attn: Charles J. Stewart 27702


With a copy to: Tenant's Manager at the Shopping Center
<PAGE>
         Either  party may  change  the place for  notice,  or  provide  for the
delivery of not more than two (2)copies,  by giving the other party at least ten
(10)days' prior written notice to such effect.

         23.2 Estoppel Certificates
         --------------------------

         Each party  agrees  from time to time upon not less than ten (10) days'
prior notice from the other, to execute,  acknowledge and deliver,  to the other
party,  a statement in writing  certifying (i) that this Lease is unmodified and
in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications,  identifying the
s 'ame by the date thereof and specifying  the nature  thereof) (ii) that to the
knowledge of such party no uncured  Event of Default  exists  hereunder  (or, if
such uncured Event of Default does exist,  specifying the same); (iii) the dates
to which the Annual  Rental and other sums and charges  payable  hereunder  have
been paid;  (iv) that such party,  to its  knowledge,  has no claims against the
other party  hereunder  except for the continuing  obligations  under this Lease
(or, if such party has any such claims, specifying the same); (v) whether or not
there are then existing any offsets or defenses  against the  enforcement of any
of the terms,  covenants or conditions  hereof;  and (vi) any other  information
reasonably requested by the other party.

         23.3 Force Majeure.
         -------------------

         Notwithstanding that time is of the essence for the performance of each
and every act to be performed by either party  hereunder,  the time within which
either  party hereto shall be required to perform any act under this Lease shall
be  extended  by a period  of time  equal to the  number  of days  during  which
performance  of such act is delayed  unavoidably by strikes,  lockouts,  Acts of
God,  governmental  restrictions,  failure or inability  to secure  materials or
labor by reason of priority or similar  regulation or order of any  governmental
or  regulatory  body,  enemy  action,  civil  disturbance,   fire,   unavoidable
casualties  or any other cause  beyond the  reasonable  control of either  party
hereto.

         23.4 Waivers.
         -------------

No delay or omission by either  party  hereto in  exercising  any right or power
accruing upon the  noncompliance  or failure of  performance  by the other party
hereto under the  provisions  of this Lease shall impair any such right or power
or be construed to be a waiver  thereof.  A waiver by either party hereto of any
of the covenants,  conditions or agreements  hereto to be performed by the other
party shall not be construed as a waiver of any succeeding breach of the same or
any other covenants, agreements, restrictions and conditions hereof.

         23.5 Modifications
         ------------------

         Any alteration, change or modification of or to this Lease, in order to
become effective,  shall be made by written instrument or endorsement hereon and
in each such instance  executed on behalf of the party against whom  enforcement
is sought.
<PAGE>
         23.6 Applicable Law
         -------------------

         This Lease shall be governed by, and construed in accordance  with, the
laws of the state in which the Leased Land is situated.

         23.7 Partial Invalidity
         -----------------------

         If any term,  provision,  condition  or  convenant of this Lease or the
application  thereof to any party or circumstances  shall, to any extent be held
invalid or  unenforceable,  the remainder of this Lease,  or the  application of
such term.,  provision,  condition or covenant to persons or circumstances other
than those as to whom or which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be
affected  thereby,  provision  of this Lease shall be valid and  fullest  extent
permitted by law.

         23.8 Brokerage Commission
         -------------------------

         Landlord  represents  and warrants that no real estate  broker,  agent,
commission salesman,  or other person other than Allenton Realty has represented
in the negotiations for and procurment of this Lease and of the Leased Premises,
and that no commissions,  fees or compensationof any kind are due and payable in
connection  herewith to any real estate broker,  agent,  commission  salesman or
other person (even  including the broker or other person or firm excluded  above
from the warranting  party's warranty of no broker) except if and only as may be
provided in a separate written commission  agreement signed  simultaneously with
or before this lease by the party against whom the commission or compensation is
charged.  Each party agrees to indemnify and hold the other  hereunder  harmless
from and  against  any claim  for any such  commissions,  fees or other  form of
compensation by any such third party claiming  through the  indemnifying  party,
including,  without limitation,  any and all claims, causes of action,  damages,
costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees), associated therewith.

         23.9 Covenants Running with the Land
         ------------------------------------

         All of the covenants, agreements, conditions and restrictions set forth
in this Lease are intended to be and shall be  construed  as  covenants  running
with the land,  binding upon,  inuring to the benefit of and  enforceable by the
parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.

        23.10  Section Headings.
        ------------------------

         The  section  headings  of this  Lease  are  inserted  as a  matter  of
convenience and reference only and in no way define, limit or describe the scope
or intent of this Lease or in any way affect the terms and provisions hereof.

         23.11 Gender
         ------------

         The use herein of (i) the  singular  number shall be deemed to mean the
plural;  (ii) the  masculine  gender  shall be  deemed to mean the  feminine  or
neuter;  and (iii) the neuter  gender  shall be deemed to mean the  masculine or
feminine whenever the sense of this Lease so requires.
<PAGE>
         23.12  Memorandum of Lease.
         ---------------------------

         A short  form  or  memorandum  of  this  Lease,  incorpor-  ating  this
indenture of Lease by reference, shall be executed, acknowledged and recorded at
the  commencement  date of the  interim  Term of this  Lease  setting  forth the
parties hereto,  the legal  description of the Leased  F'remises  (including all
rights,  privileges and easements appurtenant  thereto),  the term of this Lease
and the options granted to Tenant hereunder if so requested by Landlord.

         23.13  Surrender and Quitclaim at End of Term.
         ----------------------------------------------

         Upon the end of the term of this  Lease,  as  provided  herein,  or any
extension or renewal  thereof,  or sooner  termination of this Lease pursuant to
any provisions herein or by operation of law, Tenant shall surrender to Landlord
all and  singular  the Leased  Premises,  including  Tenant's  Building  and all
improvements  constructed  upon the  Leased  Land,  and  Tenant  shall  execute,
acknowledge  and deliver to Landlord  within five (5) days after written  demand
from Landlord to Tenant,  any quitclaim deed or other  document  required by any
title company to remove the cloud of this Lease from the Leased Premises.

         Should Tenant remain in  possession  of the Leased  Premises  after the
expiration  or other  termination  of the term of this Lease and any renewals as
provided  herein,  it shall be a tenant at will,  at a rental equal to twice the
Annual  Rental  then  payable  hereunder,  and  otherwise  on the same terms and
conditions as herein provided. Nothing herein shall be construed as constituting
Landlord's consent or approval to any such holdover,  nor operate to preclude or
inhibit the exercise by Landlord of all of its rights and remedies  hereunder or
available under applicable law to dispossess or evict Tenant.  There shall be no
renewal of this Lease by operation of the law.

         23.14   Attorneys' Fees
         -----------------------

         In the event any action is brought by  Landlord to recover any rent due
and unpaid hereunder or to recover possession of the Leased Premises,  or in the
event any action is brought by Landlord or Tenant,  against the other to enforce
or for the breach of any of the terms, covenants or conditions contained in this
Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover  reasonable  attorneys'
fees to be fixed by the court, together with costs of suit therein incurred.

         23.15  Relationship of Parties.
         -------------------------------

         The  relationship of the parties hereto is that of Landlord and Tenant,
and it is expressly understood and agreed that Landlord shall not in any way nor
for any purpose be deemed a partner of Tenant or a joint venturer with Tenant in
the conduct of Tenant's  business or otherwise,  and that the  provisions of any
agreement  between  Landlord and Tenant relating to rent are made solely for the
purpose of  providing a method  whereby  rental  payments are to be measured and
ascertained.
<PAGE>
         23.16 Corporate Authority.
         --------------------------

         In the  event  either  party  to  this  Lease  is a  corporation,  each
individual  executing  this Lease on behalf of said  corporation  represents and
warrants that he or she is duly  authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on
behalf of said corporation,  in accordance with a duly adopted resolution of the
Board of Directors of said  corporation or in accordance with the Bylaws of said
corporation,  and that this Lease is binding upon said corporation in accordance
with its terms.

         23.17  Consents and Approvals.
         ------------------------------

         Wherever  the consent or approval  of either  party is provided  for in
this Lease, such consent or approval shall be given in writing to the requesting
party,  and each  party  agrees to not  unreasonably  withhold  such  consent or
approval unless specifically provided to the contrary herein.

         23.18 Addendum.
         ---------------

         Amendments  to this Lease must be in writing and signed by the parties,
and the same may be attached  as addenda to this  Lease,  and the same when made
and attached shall be deemed incorporated herein and made a part hereof.

         23.19  Definitions.
         -------------------

         The words "mortgage",  "trust deed", "deed to secure debt" and "deed of
trust" are used  interchangeably,  as are the words  "mortgagee",  "trustee" and
"grantee  under deed to secure debt" or "grantee  under trust deed".  Similarly,
"mortgage"  includes security  agreements,  UCC-1 financing  statements and like
security instruments.

         23.20 Condition of Tenant's Obligations.
         ----------------------------------------

         Tenant's  obligations  under this  Lease are  conditional  upon  Tenant
securing,  pursuant to Section 4.2 above,  the  approval of the Federal  Deposit
insurance   Corporation  and  of  The  North  Carolina   Commissioner  of  Banks
(collectively,  the "Authorizations") necessary for the construction of Tenant's
Work and the operation of a branch bank. Tenant shall diligently pursue securing
the Authorizations.

         If said condition has not been  satisfied  within ninety (90) days from
the  execution  of this  Lease,  Tenant or  Landlord  shall  have the  option to
terminate this Lease at any time  thereafter  but prior to Tenant's  delivery of
written  evidence to Landlord that it has waived or satisfied  said  unsatisfied
condition.
<PAGE>

         23.21 Special Stipulations
         --------------------------

         The  provision  of the  Special  Stipulations  set forth in Exhibit "F"
attached hereto and by this reference made a part hereof shall, to the extent in
conflict with the terms of this lease, control.

                                       IN

WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the day and
year above written.


                                               LANDLORD:


                                               ZT-Durham Associates, #1,
                                               a joint venture existing under
                                               the general partnership
                                               laws of North Carolina

                                               By: Durham Retail Associates,
                                                   a North Carolina limited
                                                   partnership, General Partner
                                               By: Center Point Southern,
                                                   Inc., a Georgia corporation
                                                   General Partner
                                               By: S/S Charles Miller, President
                                                   ------------------
                                                   Charles Miller

                                               CORPORATE SEAL


<PAGE>


                                 EXHIBIT "A-1"

                    LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE SHOPPING CENTER
                    ----------------------------------------



              [SURVEYORS DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY WITH COORDINATES]
<PAGE>






                                 EXHIBIT "A-2"

                               LEGAL DESCRIPTION
                       LEASE AREA REATAIL "E' OUT PARCEL



              [SURVEYORS DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY WITH COORDINATES]


<PAGE>









                                 EXHIBIT "A-3"

                           SHOPPING CENTER SITE PLAN

                                 [GRAPHIC-MAP]





<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBT "B"


                            PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
                            ------------------------


         1.  Those  certain  Drawings  preparted  for  Guaranty  State  Bank  by
Brockwell/Hoke Architects,  Inc., Architects and Planners, dated August 5, 1987,
consisting of Sheets C-1;  SD-1;  A-1 through A-8; S-1 and S-2; E-1 through E-5;
HAC; P-1; and LEF-1 through LEF-6 (including LEF-1a and LEF-2a).

         2. Those  certain  Construction  Documents  for  Guaranty  state  Bank,
Westgate Shopping Center,  Durhan, N.C., prepared by Brockwell/Hoke  Architects,
Inc.,  Architects  and  Planners,  dated August 5, 1987,  as amended by Addendum
(No.1) dated August 7, 1987.

<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT "C"



                                [GRAPHIC-MAP]


<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT "D"

                             RULES AND REGULATIONS
                             ---------------------

         1.  Tenant  shall not,  (i) conduct or permit any fire,  bankruptcy  or
auction sale (whether real or fictitious)  unless  directed by. order of a court
of competent  jurisdiction,  or conduct or permit any  legitimate  or fictitious
"Going Out of Business"  sale nor  represent  or advertise  that it regularly or
customarily   sells   merchandise  at   "manufacturer's,"   "distributor's"   or
"wholesale,"  "warehouse,"  or similar  prices or other than at "offprice" or at
"retail" prices; (ii) use, or permit to be used, the malls or sidewalks adjacent
to such premises, or any other area outside the premises for solicitation or for
the sale or display of any  merchandise  or for the  distribution  of handbills,
fliers or other  similar  materials,  or for any other  business,  occupation or
undertaking,  or for  outdoor  public  meetings,  circus or other  entertainment
(except for  promotional  activities in  cooperation  with the management of the
Shopping Center or an association of merchants within the Shopping Center or for
promotions sponsored by Burger King Corporation); (iii) use or permit to be used
any sound  broadcasting  or amplifying  device which can be heard outside of the
premises  (other  than  devices  necessary  for  drive-through  service)  or any
flickering  lights; or (iv) use or permit to be used any portion of the premises
for any unlawful purpose or use or permit the use of any portion of the premises
as regular  living  quarters,  sleeping  apartments  or lodging rooms or for the
conduct of any manufacturing business.

         2.  Tenant  shall  not  obstruct  any  sidewalks,   passages,   exists,
entrances,  truck ways,  loading docks,  package  pick-up  stations,  pedestrian
sidewalk  and ramps,  first  'aid and  comfort  stations,  or  stairways  of the
Shopping  Center.  No tenant and no employee  or invitee of any tenant  shall go
upon the roof of the Shopping Center without notifying the Landlord.

         3. Tenant shall not install, maintain or operate or in any common areas
under the control of Tenant any vending machine or video game without Landlord's
prior written consent.

         4. Tenant  shall store all its trash and garbage in  containers  within
its premises  and/or in the portion of the Common Areas  designated by Landlord.
Tenant shall not place in any trash box or receptacle  any material which cannot
be  disposed  of in the  ordinary  and  customary  manner of trash  and  garbage
disposal.  All  garbage and refuse  disposal  shall be made in  accordance  with
directions issued from time to time by Landlord.

         5.  Tenant and  Tenant's  employees  shall park thier cars only in such
portion of the parking area designed for those purposes by the Landlord. Tenant,
from  time to time,  upon  Landlord's  request,  shall use its best  efforts  to
furnish  Landlord with state  automobile  license  numbers  assigned to Tenant's
employees within five (5) days after taking  possessionof the premises and shall
thereafter notify the Landlord of any changes within five (5) days after changes
ocur. In the event that the Tenant or its  employees  fail to park their cars in
designated  parking  areas as  aforesaid,  then the Landlord at its option shall
charge the Tenant Ten Dollars ($10.00) per days or partial day per car parked in
any area other  than that  designated.  Landlord  agrees to  designate  employee
parking  areas  in  locations  that  do  not  unreasonably  interfere  with  the
availability of customer parking for Tenant's Building.
<PAGE>
         6.  Landlord  may waive any one or more of these Rules and  Regulations
for the  benefit of any  particular  tenant or  tenants,  but no such  waiver by
Landlord  shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and  Regulations in favor
of any other tenant or tenants,  nor prevent Landlord from thereafter  enforcing
any such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the Shopping
Center.

         7. These Rules and  Regulations  are in  addition  to, and shall not be
construed  to in any way  modify  or  amend,  in whole or in  part,  the  terms,
covenants,  agreements  and  conditions of any lease of premises in the Shopping
Center.

         8.  Tenant  shall  be  responsible  for  the  observance  of all of the
foregoing rules by Tenant's employees and agents.

         9.  Trailers  or  trucks  shalll  not be  permitted  to  remain  parked
overnighht  in any area of the  Shopping  Center,  whether  loaded,  unloaded or
partially loaded.  No parking shall be permitted of any trailer,  truck or other
vehicle  in any  area  of the  Shopping  Center  at any  time  for  purposes  of
advertising or promotion without Landlord's written permission.

         Tenant agrees to comply with all reasonable additional and supplemental
rules and regulations upon notice of same from the Landlord.
<PAGE>



                                  EXHIBIT "E"




                              TOYS 'R US SITE PLAN

                                 [GRAPHIC-MAP]
<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT "F"

                              SPECIAL STIPULATIONS
                              --------------------

         1.  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  contained in the Lease,
fixed monthly rental for that portion of the Initial Term that falls in calendar
year 1987 shall  partially abate to a rate of One Thousand Two Hundred Fifty and
No/100 Dollars  ($1,250.00) per month; to the extent that the calendar year 1987
portion of the Initial Term consists of a partial month,  such partially  abated
monthly rental shall be prorated on a per them basis.




                    STATEMENT REGARDING COMPUTATION OF RATIOS


         The averages used in computing the performance  ratios provided in Item
7 represent average daily balances.






                                   WHO WE ARE

         Piedmont Bancorp,  Inc. is the holding company for Hillsborough Savings
Bank, Inc. SSB ("HSB").  From its beginning in 1913 out of a small drug store in
Hillsborough,  North Carolina,  HSB has grown into a full service community bank
that offers a complete line of banking and investment  services to  individuals,
small  businesses and  charitable  organizations  located in Orange,  Durham and
surrounding counties. We like to think that HSB provides the best of the old and
the new. We are proud of our  eighty-six  years of rich  history in the historic
town of Hillsborough, North Carolina.

         During  fiscal  year 1999 we added two new  financial  centers - one at
1406 E.  Franklin  Street in Chapel Hill and another at 3400  Westgate  Drive in
Durham.  Both of these locations offer the wide variety of products and services
offered at our location in Hillsborough.  In addition, both of the new locations
have full service 24 hour ATMs.

         We are  continuously  at work adding exciting new products and services
for our customers.  If you are  interested in a specific  product and would like
more information  please call us at (919) 732-2143 or just stop by. In addition,
you can  also  reach  us at our web  site at  http://www.HSBeBank.com,  email at
[email protected],  fax at (919) 732-6001 and 24 hour telephone  banking at
(800)  375-8017.  For your  convenience,  a  complete  list of our  banking  and
investment services offered is listed below:

Services for individuals:
     Checking and deposit products
     o   A complete range of checking  account options designed with you in mind
     o   A money market account with competitive interest rates
     o   A complete line of savings,  certificate  of deposit and IRA products
     o   ATM card with access to thousands of ATM machines nationwide
     o   Imaged checks and statements
     o   Visa or Mastercard Checkcard with access to millions of vendors nation
         and world wide.
     o   Banking by  telephone with our Telebancing(TM) center

     Loan products
     o   Mortgage and consumer loans
     o   Home equity lines of credit
     o   MasterCard(TM) and Visa(TM) credit cards

     Investor services
     o   We provide full and discount  securities  brokerage  services through a
         partnership  with UVEST  Investment  Services,  Inc. We also offer free
         financial  planning for retirement and college.  Turn to us for stocks,
         mutual funds, annuities, estate planning and life insurance.

Services for Small Businesses and Charitable Organizations
     o   A complete line of checking and savings accounts
     o   Working   capital,   equipment,   real   estate   and  Small   Business
         Administration loans
     o   Merchant card services
     o   Incoming and outgoing wiring of funds
<PAGE>
     o   Imaged checks and statements
     o   We offer full and discount  brokerage  services  through a  partnership
         with  UVEST  Investment  Services,  Inc.  Turn to us for all your small
         business investment needs.

Internet Banking and Investment Services (visit our new Web site at
http://www.HSBeBank.com)
     o   Online  Brokerage  Services through a partnership with UVEST Investment
         Services, Inc. - coming October of 1999.
     o   Internet  Banking  with Bill  Payment - coming  March of 2000.
     o   Online  Consumer  and  Equity  Line Loan  Applications
     o   Online  Check Reordering o Credit Reports
     o   Shareholder  information,  including a link to our  dedicated  AMEX Web
         site
     o   Links to many national and local sites of interest
     o   Special Offers for our online visitors
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Piedmont Bancorp, Inc.
                                                   Selected Financial Data

                                                          1999           1998            1997           1996           1995
                                                        ---------      ---------       ---------      ---------      ---------
                                                                                (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
Summary of Operations:
Interest income                                         $  10,200      $  10,217      $   9,535       $   9,248      $   7,811
Interest expense                                            5,112          5,191          4,603           4,414          3,682
                                                        ---------      ---------       ---------      ---------      ---------
Net interest income                                         5,088          5,026          4,932           4,834          4,129
Provision for loan losses                                      33             96            658              96            120
                                                        ---------      ---------       ---------      ---------      ---------
Net interest income after provision for loan losses         5,055          4,930          4,274           4,738          4,009
Other income                                                  356            606            225             255            336
Other expenses                                              3,558          2,963          4,716           2,449          2,265
                                                        ---------      ---------       ---------      ---------      ---------
Income (loss) before income tax expense                     1,853          2,573           (217)          2,544          2,080
Income tax expense                                            653            930            317             849            837
                                                        ---------      ---------       ---------      ---------      ---------
   Net income (loss)                                    $   1,200      $   1,643       $   (534)      $   1,695      $   1,243
                                                        =========      =========       =========      =========      =========
Net income (loss) per share - basic                     $    0.48      $    0.61       $  (0.20)      $    0.45            n/a
                                                        =========      =========       =========      =========      =========
Net income (loss) per share - diluted                   $    0.46      $    0.61       $  (0.20)      $    0.45            n/a
                                                        =========      =========      =========       =========      =========
Selected Year-end Balances:
Total assets                                            $ 140,089      $ 130,541      $ 122,761       $ 128,711      $ 104,013
Loans receivable, net                                     100,717        106,500        100,173          91,187         84,713
Investments (1)                                            31,038         18,846         17,973          32,564         15,043
Deposits                                                   99,339         89,840         84,860          73,361         76,745
FHLB Advances                                              20,162         18,000         16,500          17,250         13,000
Stockholders' equity                                       19,561         21,606         20,416          37,050         13,646

Average Balance Sheet Data:
Total assets                                            $ 132,022      $ 128,871      $ 123,896       $ 119,252      $ 100,359
Total earning assets                                      127,467        125,585        120,700         116,010         96,745
Loans receivable, net                                     105,126        107,510         95,937          87,917         83,326
Investments (1)                                            21,180         17,013         23,869          27,297         12,633
Deposits                                                   92,013         86,648         78,720          77,221         75,110
Borrowings                                                 18,560         20,119         16,481          13,248         10,628
Stockholders' equity                                       20,805         21,212         25,893          27,557         12,810

Selected Financial Ratios:
Return on average assets                                     0.91%          1.27%          (0.43)%         1.42%          1.24%
Return on average equity                                     5.77           7.75           (2.06)          6.15           9.70
Average equity to average assets                            15.76          16.46           20.90          23.11          12.76
Interest rate spread (tax equivalent basis)                  3.34           3.26            3.13           3.16           3.72
Net interest margin (tax equivalent basis)                   4.09           4.10            4.24           4.33           4.29
Dividend payout ratio                                      104.35          68.85             n/a          48.89            n/a
Cash dividends declared per common share                 $   0.48      $    0.42      $     7.42           0.22            n/a
</TABLE>
         (1) Includes investment securities and interest-bearing deposits.

2
<PAGE>











<PAGE>
                       This page left intentionally blank




                                                                               3
<PAGE>

                             Piedmont Bancorp, Inc.
              1999 Annual Report to Shareholders Table of Contents






President's Message..............................................            5

Management's Discussion and Analysis.............................            7

Independent Auditors' Report.....................................           23

Consolidated Financial Statements................................           24

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.......................           28

Directors, Officers and Office Location..........................           48

Corporate Information............................................           48

Capital Stock....................................................           49











4
<PAGE>
A Message from Your President and Chief Executive Officer:

To Our Stockholders:

         For the year ended June 30, 1999,  your Company  reported net income of
$1,200,000,  or $0.46 diluted  earnings per share,  compared to consolidated net
income of $1,643,000 or $0.61 diluted earnings per share for the year ended June
30, 1998.

         Total assets increased 7.3% to $140.1 million at June 30, 1999 compared
to $130.5 million at June 30, 1998. The primary contributor to the growth was an
increase of 71.3% in  investment  securities  to $29.2  million at June 30, 1999
from $17.0  million at June 30,  1998;  mitigated by a decrease of 5.4% in loans
receivable  to $100.7  million at June 30, 1999 from $106.5  million at June 30,
1998.  Funding the  majority of the asset growth was (1) a $9.5 million or 10.6%
increase in deposits  from June 30, 1998 to June 30, 1999 and (2) a $2.2 million
or 12.0%  increase in advances  from the Federal  Home Loan Bank during the same
period.

         Beyond the financial  results  discussed  above and in much more detail
after this letter, your Company and its employees continued  implementation of a
number of significant  initiatives as we continued to execute the strategic plan
adopted by the Board of Directors in October of 1997.

         In July of 1998 your Company  implemented  its stock  repurchase  plan.
From July of 1998 to August of 1999 we repurchased  248,100 shares of our stock.
The repurchase  plan was one of the primary  factors,  in  conjunction  with our
asset growth, of reducing our average equity to assets ratio from 16.46% for the
year ended June 30, 1998 to 15.76% for the year ended June 30, 1999.

         In December of 1998 the Bank purchased a long term  leasehold  interest
in a former bank branch  located at 3400 Westgate Drive in Durham that opened as
a full service branch in April of 1999. In February of 1999 the Bank purchased a
former bank branch building  located at 1406 East Franklin Street in Chapel Hill
that opened as a full service branch in June of 1999.

         In selecting  the new branch sites the  management  team and the Branch
Committee of the Board of Directors looked at over 30 different sites located in
and around our market area, and only locations that passed stringent demographic
and cost criteria were  selected.  In addition,  since both sites had previously
been full service  branches we were able to quickly  provide  community  banking
services to new customers in an area that has enjoyed  above  average  growth in
comparison  to most markets in the nation and in the  Southeast.  Both  branches
offer the full range of products  currently offered at our Hillsborough  office,
including  a wide  variety  of  checking,  savings  and  certificate  of deposit
accounts as well as mortgage and consumer  loans.  In  addition,  mutual  funds,
stocks and bonds, and financial advice are offered to our new customers  through
our wholly owned subsidiary, HSB Investment Services.

         Branching  within our contiguous  market area is a key component of our
strategic  plan,  and we are pleased to report that both  branches have exceeded
our expectations for both loans and deposits.  Staffing of the branches was done
with a  combination  of hand picked  internal  employees as well as  experienced
bankers from other banks.


                                                                               5
<PAGE>
         During fiscal year 1999 we spent a lot of time and effort getting ready
for the Year 2000,  and I am happy to report that our mission  critical  systems
are Y2K  ready.  By Y2K ready,  I mean the Bank has  inventoried  its  hardware,
software  and other  equipment  that could  possibly be  dependent  on dates for
proper  operation.  We have also  tested all of its defined  "mission  critical"
systems by entering  dates past  December 31, 1999 with no problems  noted,  and
developed  contingency  plans to allow key  services to customers to continue in
the event that any Year 2000 problems do occur.

         The Company also devoted a lot of time in planning our future  internet
activities.   We  now  have  a  new  Web   site   that   can  be   accessed   at
http://www.HSBeBank.com  that  offers  Online  Consumer  and  Equity  Line  Loan
Applications,  Online Check Reordering,  Credit reports, shareholder information
(including a link to our  dedicated  AMEX Web site),  links to many national and
local sites of interest, and special offers just for online visitors. In October
of 1999 we will begin offering online  brokerage  services through a partnership
with UVEST  Investment  Services,  Inc., a leading  provider of such services to
financial  institutions  throughout the Southeast.  Lastly,  in March of 2000 we
plan to offer  internet  banking  with bill  payment  to our  customers  and non
customers.  Please  visit  our Web  site  and  send us an  email  to  offer  any
recommendations on how we can improve our internet services.

         With the  increased  number of products  that the Bank now offers,  the
need for customer  relationship  management  skill has never been  greater,  and
senior  management  as well as any employees  with  customer  sales contact have
started an eight  week  customer  service  training  program.  We hope that this
training  program will help to reinforce  the already  strong  customer  service
reputation that the Bank enjoys in our marketplace.

         The  deployment  of  our  strategic  plan  is  primarily  aimed  at one
objective -  increasing  long-term  shareholder  value.  As a Company that was a
mutual  savings bank from 1913 to 1995,  and a public company from December 1995
to the present,  we understand that our primary focus is on improving our return
to you,  and we hope you will be  patient  while we deploy the  capital  and the
resources that you have entrusted to us.

         Lastly,  I would like to thank the board,  the management  team and the
employees  of the Bank that  worked  very hard during the past year as we opened
our branches in Durham and Chapel Hill.  While it was a team effort,  there were
many "superstars" that went the extra mile and worked long hours to make the two
branches as successful as they are.

         We thank you for your continued support of Piedmont  Bancorp,  Inc. and
will  continue to seek your  support and  suggestions  on how we can provide the
greatest value to both our shareholders and customers.

Sincerely,

/s/D. Tyson Clayton
- -------------------
D. Tyson Clayton
President and Chief Executive Officer


6
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS


         The purpose of this  discussion  and  analysis is to provide the reader
with a description of the financial  conditions and changes  therein and results
of operations of Piedmont  Bancorp,  Inc.  (the  "Parent") and its  wholly-owned
subsidiary,  Hillsborough  Savings Bank,  Inc.,  SSB (the "Bank")  (collectively
referred  to as the  "Company").  This  discussion  and  analysis  of  financial
condition  and  results  of  operation  should be read in  conjunction  with the
audited  consolidated  financial  statements and accompanying  notes included in
this  report and the  supplemental  financial  data  appearing  throughout  this
discussion and analysis.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The Company's  results of operations  depend  primarily on net interest
income,  which is the difference  between interest income from  interest-earning
assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Operations are also
affected by non-interest  income,  such as income from customer service charges,
loan  servicing  fee  income,  gains  and  losses  on  the  sale  of  loans  and
investments,  and other  sources of income.  The Company's  principal  operating
expenses,  aside  from  interest  expense,  consist of  compensation  and fringe
benefits,  data  processing  expenses,  occupancy  and  furniture  and equipment
expense, and income taxes.


Performance Overview

         The Company  ended  fiscal year 1999 with net income of  $1,200,000  or
$0.48  diluted  earnings  per  share  compared  to  consolidated  net  income of
$1,643,000 or $0.61 diluted earnings per share for the year ended June 30, 1998.
For the year ended June 30, 1997 the Company had net income before  nonrecurring
items of $1,569,000 or $0.61 basic and diluted  earnings per share.  In the year
ended June 30, 1997 the Company  recorded a net loss and basic and diluted  loss
per share after nonrecurring items of $534,000 and $0.20, respectively. Earnings
for the year  ended  June 30,  1997 were  adversely  impacted  by the  following
nonrecurring  items: (1) $1,496,000 of compensation  expense associated with the
release and  allocation of  approximately  126,000 shares of common stock of the
Company to participants of the  Hillsborough  Savings Bank, Inc.  Employee Stock
Ownership  Plan during the quarter ended  December 31, 1996, (2) a provision for
loan losses of $597,000 recorded during the quarter ended December 31, 1996 that
resulted  primarily from the charge off of  approximately  $510,000 in unsecured
loans to a single  borrower,  (3) losses of $106,000 on the sale of  investments
that were  sold in  December  of 1996 to fund the  special  dividend  of $7.00 a
share, and (4) a special $487,000 assessment paid in the first quarter of fiscal
1997 to the Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation to recapitalize  the Savings
Association Insurance Fund.


Net Interest Income

         Net  interest  income  is one of the  major  determining  factors  in a
financial  institution's  performance as it is its principal source of earnings.
Net interest income is impacted by a variety of elements: volume, yield/cost and
relative  mix  of  both   interest-earning   assets  and   interest-bearing  and
noninterest-bearing  sources of funds.  Table 1 presents  average balance sheets
and a net interest  income  analysis on a  tax-equivalent  basis for each of the
years in the three-year period ended June 30, 1999.
<PAGE>
         As shown in Table 1, net  interest  income,  on a fully  tax-equivalent
basis,  amounted to $5.2 million in 1999, $5.2 million in 1998, and $5.1 million
in 1997. Total interest income was $10.3 million in both 1999 and 1998, and $9.7
million in 1997.  Total interest expense  decreased  slightly to $5.1 million in
1999 from $5.2 million in 1998, and was $4.6 million in 1996.

                                                                               7
<PAGE>
         Although total interest income remained relatively  unchanged from 1998
to 1999, a shift in  interest-earning  assets from loans  receivable  to taxable
investment  securities caused a similar shift in interest income between the two
interest-earning  assets.  The weighted  average tax  equivalent  yield on total
interest-earning  assets  decreased  to 8.10% in 1999  from  8.23% in 1998.  The
decline  was  primarily  caused  by a  decline  in the  average  yield  on loans
receivable   and   taxable   investment   securities.   The   weighted   average
tax-equivalent yield increased from 8.06% in 1997 to 8.23% in 1998. The increase
was primarily caused by two factors. First, average loans accounted for 85.6% of
the  interest-earning  assets  of the  Company  in 1998  compared  to  79.5%  of
interest-earning  assets in 1997.  The shift in  interest-earning  assets toward
higher yielding loans accounts for part of the increase in the weighted  average
tax-equivalent  yield from 1997 to 1998.  The second factor that  contributed to
the increase was an increase in the average yield on loans receivable from 8.40%
in 1997 to 8.49% in 1998.

         The  decrease  in  interest  expense of  $79,000  from 1998 to 1999 was
caused by a  decline  in the  weighted  average  rate on total  interest-bearing
liabilities, mitigated by an increase in deposit accounts from 1998 to 1999. The
increase in interest  expense of $588,000 or 12.8% in 1998 was due  primarily to
the  increased  volume of both  deposits and FHLB  advances to fund loan growth.
Average interest-bearing liabilities increased by $11.2 million or 12.0% in 1998
while the average rate paid on those liabilities increased by four basis points.

         The net interest margin (on a tax-equivalent  basis) decreased to 4.09%
in 1999  from  4.10% in 1998,  and  4.24% in 1997 due to  increased  funding  of
interest-earning  asset growth with  deposits and FHLB advances in 1999 and 1998
compared to 1997.  The  payment of the special  dividend in December of 1996 had
the effect of decreasing average  stockholder's  equity $4.7 million or 18.1% to
$21.2 million in 1998 or 16.9% of total interest-earning assets in 1998.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE 1
NET INTEREST INCOME ANALYSIS - TAX EQUIVALENT

                                                    1999                            1998                            1997
                                      ------------------------------    ---------------------------     ----------------------------
                                                             Average                        Average                          Average
                                      Average                 Yield/    Average              Yield/     Average               Yield/
                                      Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance   Interest    Rate      Balance    Interest    Rate
                                      --------    --------     ----   --------    -------     ----    ---------    -------     ----
<S>                                   <C>         <C>          <C>    <C>         <C>         <C>     <C>          <C>         <C>
Assets:                                                                    (dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
   Loans receivable (1)               $105,126    $  8,835     8.40%  $107,510    $ 9,127     8.49%   $  95,937    $ 8,060     8.40%
   Taxable investment securities        15,855         996     6.28     11,469        747     6.51       14,271        959     6.72
Tax-exempt investment securities(2)      4,033         325     8.06      3,937        317     8.05        7,193        542     7.54
Interest-bearing deposits                1,292          82     6.35      1,607         70     4.36        2,405         99     4.12
FHLB common stock                        1,161          87     7.49      1,062         78     7.34          894         65     7.27
                                      --------    --------     ----   --------    -------     ----    ---------    -------     ----
Total interest-earning assets          127,467      10,325     8.10    125,585     10,339     8.23      120,700      9,725     8.06
Non-interest-earning assets              4,555                           3,286                            3,196
                                      --------                        --------                         --------
TOTAL                                 $132,022                        $128,871                         $123,896
                                      ========                        ========                         ========

Liabilities and retained earnings:
Interest-bearing liabilities:
   Deposit accounts                  $  88,850       4,056     4.56%  $ 84,357    $ 3,991     4.73%    $ 76,819    $ 3,615     4.71%
   FHLB advances                        18,560       1,056     5.69     20,119      1,200     5.96       16,481        988     5.99
                                      --------    --------     ----   --------    -------     ----    ---------    -------     ----
Total interest-bearing liabilities     107,410       5,112     4.76    104,476      5,191     4.97       93,300      4,603     4.93
Non-interest-bearing liabilities         3,807                           3,183                            4,703
Stockholder's equity                    20,805                          21,212                           25,893
                                     ---------                        --------                         --------
         TOTAL                       $ 132,022                        $128,871                         $123,896
                                     =========                        ========                         ========

Net interest income and
   interest rate spread                            $ 5,213     3.34%              $ 5,148     3.26%               $ 5,122      3.13%
                                                   =======                        =======                         =======

Net interest-earning assets
   and net interest margin           $  20,057                 4.09%  $ 21,109                4.10%    $ 27,400                4.24%
                                     =========                        ========                         ========
Ratio of interest-earning assets
   to interest-bearing liabilities                           118.67%                        120.20%                          129.37%
</TABLE>

(1) Nonaccrual loans are excluded from the average balance of loans  receivable.
(2) Interest earned on tax-exempt  investment  securities has been adjusted to a
tax-equivalent  basis using the applicable  combined  federal and state rates of
34.00% and 7.50%,  respectively,  and  reduced by the  nondeductible  portion of
interest expense.
<PAGE>
         In summary, the small increase in net interest income from 1998 to 1999
is  primarily  due to a decrease in the average  rate on total  interest-bearing
liabilities  mitigated  by a increase in volume  during the same period of time.
The small increase in net interest  income from 1997 to 1998 is primarily due to
an increase in the  average  yield on  interest-earning  assets  mitigated  by a
decline in volume  during the same  period of time.  Table 2 shows the effect of
variances in volume and rate on  taxable-equivalent  interest  income,  interest
expense, and net interest income. The table shows that increases in net interest
income were primarily due to rate in both 1999 and 1998.

8
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE 2
RATE / VOLUME ANALYSIS
                                                                 1999                                          1998
                                                                 ----                                          ----
                                                                     Rate/                                        Rate/
                                              Volume       Rate      Volume        Net      Volume      Rate      Volume      Net
                                              -------    -------    -------     -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                                           (dollars in thousands)
Interest income (tax-equivalent) on:
<S>                                           <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
  Loans                                       $  (202)   $   (97)   $     7     $  (292)   $   972    $    85    $    10    $ 1,067
  Taxable investment securities                   286        (26)       (11)        249       (188)       (30)         6       (212)
  Tax-exempt investment securities                  8       --         --             8       (245)        37        (17)      (225)
  Interest-bearing deposits                       (14)        32         (6)         12        (33)         6         (2)       (29)
  FHLB common stock                                 7          2       --             9         12          1       --           13
                                              -------    -------    -------     -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
     Total interest income                         85        (89)       (10)        (14)       518         99         (3)       614
                                              -------    -------    -------     -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
  Deposit accounts                                213       (143)        (5)         65        355         19          2        376
  FHLB advances                                   (93)       (54)         3        (144)       218         (5)        (1)       212
                                              -------    -------    -------     -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
     Total interest expense                       120       (197)        (2)        (79)       573         14          1        588
                                              -------    -------    -------     -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
Increase (decrease) in net interest income    $   (35)   $   108    $    (8)    $    65    $   (55)   $    85    $    (4)   $    26
                                              =======    =======    =======     =======    =======    =======    =======    =======

</TABLE>

Provisions for Loan Losses

         The  provision  for loan losses is charged to earnings to maintain  the
total  allowance  for loan losses at a level  considered  adequate to cover loan
losses  based  on  existing   loan  levels  and  types  of  loans   outstanding,
nonperforming   loans,   prior  loan  loss  experience,   and  general  economic
conditions.  Provisions  for loan  losses  totaled  $33,000 in 1999  compared to
$96,000 in 1998,  and $658,000 in 1997.  The  unusually  high  provision in 1997
resulted  primarily from the  reprovision of the allowance for loan losses after
charge offs of approximately  $510,000 of loans to a single borrower in December
of 1996. The Company  received  approximately  $85,000 and $63,000 of recoveries
from this  single  borrower  during  the  years  ended  June 30,  1999 and 1998,
respectively.


Other Income

         Other income decreased to $356,000 in 1999 compared to $606,000 in 1998
and  $225,000  in 1997.  In 1998  other  income  included a gain on sale of real
estate owned and gains on sale of loans of $114,000  and $75,000,  respectively,
that were not present in 1999 or 1997.  Other income  included gains realized on
the sale of investments of $5,000 and $6,000 in 1999 and 1998, respectively, and
losses  realized on the sale of investment  securities of $135,000 in 1997.  The
net losses on the sale of  investment  in 1997 were  primarily  attributable  to
partial liquidation of invested conversion proceeds to facilitate payment of the
special    dividend   in   December    1996.    Other   income   also   includes
lower-of-cost-or-market adjustments on loans held-for-sale. In 1999, the Company
recorded  $73,000  in  lower-of-cost-or-market  write-downs  resulting  from the
rising interest rate  environment  during the last quarter of that year. In 1998
and 1997,  the Bank  recognized  $36,000  and  $4,000,  respectively,  in
<PAGE>
lower-of-cost-or-market  recoveries  resulting  from the falling  interest  rate
environment  during the two years. The rising interest rate  environment  during
the last quarter of 1999 also was the primary  reason for the loss of $20,000 on
sale of loans compared to the gain of $75,000 on sale of loans in 1998. Mortgage
loan servicing fees were $42,000,  $63,000 and $87,000 in 1999,  1998, and 1997,
respectively.  The decline in mortgage loan servicing fees from 1997 and 1998 is
attributable  to a decline in the  Company's  average loan  servicing  portfolio
during this time.  The decline in mortgage loan servicing fees from 1998 to 1999
was due to the  general  decline  in  market  interest  rates up until  the last
quarter of 1999. Other income was positively  affected by the growth in customer
service  and other fees of $16,000 or 7.7% to  $223,000  in 1999,  and $6,000 or
3.0% to $207,000 in 1998 from $201,000 in 1997. This increase is attributable to
increases in the volume of deposit accounts with the Bank and the implementation
of a new  deposit-related fee schedule in February of 1998. "Other" other income
increased  to  $105,000  in 1999  from  $98,000  and  $68,000  in 1998 and 1997,
respectively.  The increase is primarily  attributable  to the Company's  former
branch  facility  being  leased for twelve  months in 1999 and 1998  compared to
seven months in 1997.

Other Expenses

         Other  expenses  totaled  $3,558,000 in 1999 compared to $2,963,000 and
$4,716,000 in 1998 and 1997, respectively. Two large non-recurring expenses that
occurred  in the first and second  quarters of fiscal year 1997 were the primary
reason for the  significant  increase  in other  expenses in 1997 as compared to
1998 and 1999.  First, in 1997, the Company recorded  $1,702,000 of compensation
expense  related  to the  Company's  employee  stock  ownership  plan  ("ESOP"),
primarily  associated with the release and allocation of  approximately  126,000
shares of common  stock of the  Parent to  participants  of the ESOP  during the
second  quarter of 1997.  The special  dividend  paid on the  Parent's  stock on
December 6, 1996 and management's  decision to use the special dividends paid on
the unallocated  shares of the Parent's common stock held by the ESOP to pre-pay
the ESOP loan from the Parent to the ESOP resulted in a  significant  portion of
that share release,  approximately  103,000 shares.  As a result,  approximately
$1,428,000  of  the   ESOP-related   compensation   expense  was  deemed  to  be
non-recurring in nature.

         The  second  non-recurring  other  expense  in 1997  was  the  $487,000
one-time  FDIC special  assessment  for the  recapitalization  of the SAIF.  The
assessment was levied on all depository  institutions with SAIF-insured deposits
and amounted to 65.7 basis points on  assessable  deposits as of March 31, 1995.
The Company's quarterly FDIC premiums have decreased since the  recapitalization
of the SAIF.

         Without  the  effect  of the  non-recurring  SAIF  assessment  and  the
non-recurring portion of ESOP-related compensation expense, other expenses would
have totaled  $2,801,000 in 1997.  Compensation and fringe  benefits,  excluding
non-recurring  items,  decreased by $11,000 to 1,713,000 in 1998 from $1,724,000
in 1997.  From 1998 to 1999,  compensation  and  fringe  benefits  increased  to
$1,989,000. This increase was primarily attributable to the addition of staff in
the third and fourth  quarters of 1999 for two new branches  that were opened in
March and June of 1999.  The  recurring  portion  of  ESOP-related  compensation
expense for 1997 totaled $274,000 compared to $209,000 and $165,000 recorded for
1998 and 1999, respectively.
<PAGE>
         Data and items processing  expenses  increased to $396,000 in 1999 from
$256,000 in 1998. The increase was due to the conversion to a new data processor
in February of 1998. The Bank's new processor provides a higher level of service
and technology compared to the Bank's previous processor.

         FDIC-insurance  premiums  declined  to  $53,000  in 1999 and 1998  from
$71,000 for 1997. Deposit insurance premiums decreased starting with the quarter
ended  December  31,  1996.  The  reduced  level of  FDIC-insurance  premiums is
anticipated to continue into the future.

         Occupancy  expense  increased to $145,000 in 1999 from $114,000 in 1998
due to the  opening  of two new  branches  during  the  fourth  quarter of 1999.
Furniture and equipment  expense  increased to $214,000 in 1999 from $113,000 in
1998  due to  higher  depreciation  expense  associated  with the  purchase  and
depreciation  of computer  equipment  at the end of the third  quarter of fiscal
1998 and the opening of the two new branches in the last quarter of fiscal 1999.

         Professional  fees decreased to $117,000 in 1999 from $185,000 in 1998.
The decrease is primarily attributable to fees paid for assistance in developing
a strategic plan and branch feasibility studies for the Company in 1998.

         Other  "other"  expenses  increased  $115,000  to $644,000 in 1999 from
$529,000  in 1998 due to  increases  in  marketing  expenses,  office  supplies,
postage and forms associated with the two new branches that were opened in 1999.
Other "other" expenses  increased  $121,000 to $529,000 in 1998 from $408,000 in
1997 due to increases in marketing expenses,  employee education associated with
the conversion to a new data center, and office supplies and forms.


Income Tax Expense


         The Company  recorded income tax expense of $653,000 in 1999,  compared
to $930,000 in 1998 and $317,000 in 1996. This resulted in an effective tax rate
of 35.2% and 36.1% in 1999 and 1998, respectively. The 1997 tax expense reflects
the pre-tax  loss and the fact that a  significant  portion of the  ESOP-related
compensation expense is not tax-deductible.

10
<PAGE>
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

         Total assets increased 7.3% to $140.1 million at June 30, 1999 compared
to $130.5 million at June 30, 1998. The primary contributor to the growth was an
increase of 87% in investment securities  available-for-sale to $25.8 million at
June 30, 1999 from $13.8  million at June 30,  1998,  mitigated  by a decline of
5.4% in loans  receivable to $100.7 million at June 30, 1999 from $106.5 million
at June 30, 1998.  Funding the majority of the investment  securities growth was
(1) a $9.5 million or 10.6%  increase in deposits from June 30, 1998 to June 30,
1999 and (2) a $2.2 million or 12.0%  increase in advances from the Federal Home
Loan Bank during the same period.
<PAGE>
Loans

         The Company's primary source of revenue is interest and fee income from
lending  activities,  consisting  primarily of  one-to-four  family  residential
mortgage  loans located in its primary market area. The Company also makes loans
secured by  improved  nonresidential  real  estate,  construction  loans,  loans
secured by undeveloped real estate,  home equity loans, and consumer loans, both
secured and unsecured.

         At June 30,  1999,  the  loan  portfolio  totaled  $100.7  million  and
represented  71.9% of total  assets.  As  mentioned  above,  during  1999  loans
decreased by $5.8 million or 5.4%. Loan originations  increased to $55.4 million
in 1999 from  $50.0  million  in 1998,  largely  in  response  to the  Company's
continued  efforts to expand its loan programs into  adjacent  counties  through
increased  marketing.  As presented in Table 3, the relative  composition of the
loan portfolio continued to change in 1999 from prior years.  One-to-four family
loans  decreased as a percentage  of the portfolio in the current year to 78.20%
from  84.67% in 1998.  All other loan types  increased  as a  percentage  of the
portfolio  from 1998 to 1999.  The  shift in the loan mix away from  one-to-four
family loans is attributable to the Company's strategy of selling all conforming
one-to-four family 30 year loans in the secondary market. Table 3 sets forth the
composition of the loan portfolio at the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE 3
TYPES OF LOANS
                                                                                June 30,
                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          1999                 1998               1997                1996                1995
Real estate loans:                                                       (dollars in thousands)
<S>                              <C>          <C>     <C>          <C>     <C>        <C>     <C>          <C>     <C>        <C>
   Residential 1-4 family        $ 78,767     78.20%  $ 90,175     84.67%  $ 77,621   77.48%  $ 67,095     73.58%  $ 62,379   73.63%
   Nonresidential real estate       8,647      8.59      6,795      6.38      6,649    6.64      8,818      9.67      8,623   10.18
   Home equity and other
      second mortgage              10,854     10.78     10,588      9.94     10,997   10.98     11,616     12.74     11,916   14.07
Construction                        8,741      8.68      7,552      7.09      9,638    9.62      5,026      5.51      1,805    2.13
                                 --------    ------   --------    ------   --------  ------   --------    ------   --------  ------
       Total real estate loans    107,009    106.25    115,110    108.08    104,905  104.72     92,555    101.50     84,723  100.01
Other installment loans             1,314      1.30        850      0.80      1,061    1.06      1,719      1.89      1,635    1.93
Less:
    Unearned fees and discounts       386      0.38        412      0.39        348    0.35        281      0.31        185    0.22
    Loans in process                6,166      6.12      8,097      7.60      4,649    4.64      2,198      2.41        945    1.11
    Allowance for loan losses       1,054      1.05        951      0.89        796    0.79        608      0.67        515    0.61
                                 --------    ------   --------    ------   --------  ------   --------    ------   --------  ------
   Total reductions                 7,606      7.55      9,460      8.88      5,793    5.78      3,087      3.39      1,645    1.94
                                 --------    ------   --------    ------   --------  ------   --------    ------   --------  ------
       Total loans, net          $100,717    100.00   $106,500    100.00   $100,173  100.00   $ 91,187    100.00   $ 84,713  100.00
                                 ========    ======   ========    ======   ========  ======   ========    ======   ========  ======
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
         In order to protect the Company's net interest margin,  management has,
as part of its  interest  rate risk  management  program,  placed an emphasis on
maintaining  adjustable  rate mortgage  loans and home equity lines of credit in
its portfolio. This strategy has resulted in more consistent net interest income
and lower net interest income  sensitivity  than experienced by most traditional
fixed-rate  residential  mortgage  lenders.  In 1999 and 1998 the  Company  sold
approximately  $24.0  million  and $10.0  million,  respectively,  in fixed rate
mortgage loans in the secondary  market. In 1997 the Company did not sell any of
its mortgage loan production into the secondary  market as sufficient  liquidity
and interest rate  protection was provided  through the investment of conversion
proceeds in shorter term investments.  In the future the Company expects to sell
selected  current loan  production to both provide for sufficient  liquidity and
protection of the net interest margin.

                                                                              11
<PAGE>
         The following table sets forth the time to contractual  maturity of the
Company's loan portfolio at June 30, 1999.  All loans,  fixed and floating,  are
shown as due in the period of contractual  maturity.  Demand loans, loans having
no stated  maturity and  overdrafts are reported as due in one year or less. The
table does not include prepayments or scheduled principal repayments. Amounts in
the table are net of loans in process and are net of unamortized loan fees.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE 4
LOAN MATURITIES

                                                                      June 30, 1999
                                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Over 1       Over 3        Over 5
                                      One Year       Year to     Years to       Years to       Over 10
                                      Or Less        3 Years      5 Years       10 Years        Years         Total
                                     ---------      ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
Real estate loans:                                                (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                  <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
  Residential 1-4 family
     Fixed                           $       3      $     103     $     157     $   2,969     $  52,399     $  55,631
     Floating                                6            166           419         2,895        19,219        22,705
  Nonresidential real estate
     Fixed                                --              161           169           480         2,459         3,269
     Floating                               88              8           392         2,584         2,280         5,352
  Home equity and other second
    mortgage
     Fixed                                  76             97           225           265           133           796
     Floating                              237          1,529         2,323         5,969          --          10,058
  Construction
     Fixed                                --             --            --            --            --            --
     Floating                            2,421             39           186          --            --           2,646
                                     ---------      ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------

         Total real estate loans         2,831          2,103         3,871        15,162        76,490       100,457
Other installment loans:
     Fixed                                 301            549           150            29            87         1,126
     Floating                              188           --            --            --            --             188

Less:
  Allowance for loan losses             (1,054)          --            --            --            --          (1,054)
                                     ---------      ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------

       Total loans, net              $   2,266      $   2,653     $   4,020     $  15,191     $  76,587     $ 100,717
                                     =========      =========     =========     =========     =========     =========
</TABLE>
12
<PAGE>
Asset Quality and Allowance for Loan Losses

         The   following   table  sets  forth   information   with   respect  to
nonperforming assets, including nonaccrual loans and real estate owned, and risk
assets at the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE 5
SUMMARY OF NONPERFORMING AND RISK ASSETS

                                                                                 June 30,
                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1999          1998          1997          1996          1995
                                                     --------      --------      --------      --------      --------
                                                                        (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Total nonaccrual loans                               $    973      $    928      $    803      $    758      $     30
Total restructured loans                                 --            --            --            --            --
                                                     --------      --------      --------      --------      --------
      Total nonperforming loans                           973           928           803           758            30
Real estate owned                                        --            --            --            --            --
                                                     --------      --------      --------      --------      --------
       Total nonperforming assets                    $    973      $    928      $    803      $    758      $     30
 Accruing loans, delinquent 90 days or more              --            --             244           301           571
                                                     --------      --------      --------      --------      --------
      Total risk assets                              $    973      $    928      $  1,047      $  1,059      $    601

Nonperforming loans to total loans, net                  0.97%         0.87%         0.80%         0.83%         0.04%
Nonperforming assets to total assets                     0.69          0.71          0.65          0.59          0.03
Risk assets to total assets                              0.69          0.71          0.85          0.82          0.58
Allowance for loan losses to:
    Total nonperforming assets                           1.08x         1.02x         0.99x         0.80x        17.17x
    Total risk assets                                    1.08x         1.02x         0.99x         0.80x        17.17x
Total assets                                         $140,089      $130,541      $122,761      $128,711      $104,013
Total loans, net                                      100,717       106,500       100,173        91,187        84,713
Allowance for loan losses                               1,054           951           796           608           515

</TABLE>

         Nonperforming assets increased to $973,000 at June 30, 1999 compared to
$928,000 and $803,000 at June 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively. Nonperforming and
risk  assets at June 30,  1999 and 1998 are  primarily  composed  of small loans
secured by residential real estate totaling $832,000 and $858,000, respectively.
The  remainder  of  nonperforming  and risk assets at June 30, 1999 and 1998 are
composed  of  smaller  installment  and line of  credit  loans.  Management  has
reviewed the collateral for nonaccrual loans and believes that collateral values
related to the  nonperforming  loans exceed the loan  balances.  Management  has
included  this review  among the factors  considered  in the  evaluation  of the
allowance for possible loan losses as discussed below.

         At June 30, 1999 and 1998,  the recorded  investment  in loans that are
considered to be impaired under Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No.
114,  "Accounting  by Creditors  for  Impairment of a Loan" ("SFAS No. 114") was
$117,000 and $118,000, respectively. There were no impaired loans in non-accrual
<PAGE>
status at June 30,  1999 and 1998.  There was no  related  allowance  for credit
losses  associated  with these loans as determined  in accordance  with SFAS No.
114. The average  recorded  investment  in impaired  loans during the year ended
June 30, 1999 and 1998 was  approximately  $118,000  and  $118,500.  The Company
recognized  interest  income on the impaired loans of  approximately  $9,400 and
$9,500 during the years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

         The allowance for loan losses  represents  management's  estimate of an
amount adequate to provide for potential  losses inherent in the loan portfolio.
The  adequacy of the  allowance  for loan losses and the related  provision  are
based  upon  management's  evaluation  of the risk  characteristics  of the loan
portfolio under current economic  conditions.  Among the factors determining the
level of the allowance are loan growth,  projected net charge offs,  delinquency
trends, the financial  condition of borrowers,  collateral values, the amount of
nonperforming  and  past  due  loans,  and  current  and  economic   conditions.
Management  believes  that the  allowance  for loan  losses is  adequate.  While
management uses all available  information to recognize losses on loans,  future
additions  to the  allowance  may be  necessary  based on  changes  in  economic
conditions.   Various  regulatory  agencies,   as  an  integral  part  of  their
examination  process,  periodically  review  the  Company's  allowance  for loan
losses.  Such  agencies  may require the Company to  recognize  additions to the
allowance based on their judgments  about  information  available to them at the
time of their examination.

                                                                              13
<PAGE>
         The provision for loan losses is calculated  and charged to earnings to
maintain the total allowance for loan losses at a level  considered  adequate to
cover  probable loan losses  inherent in the  portfolio  based on an analysis of
existing loan levels,  types of loans  outstanding,  nonperforming  loans, prior
loan loss  experience,  industry  standards  and  general  economic  conditions.
Provisions  for loan losses were  $33,000 in 1999,  compared to $96,000 in 1998,
and $658,000 in 1997. The unusually  high  provision in 1997 resulted  primarily
from the charge off of  approximately  $510,000 of loans to a single borrower in
December  1996. No further charge offs related to this borrower have occurred or
are  anticipated at this time. The Company  received  approximately  $85,000 and
$63,000  of  recoveries   from  this  single  borrower  during  1999  and  1998,
respectively.  At this time,  management is unaware of any significant potential
problem loans except as noted above or any other  concentrations  of credit risk
which may exist in the portfolio.

         The following tables describe the activity related to the allowance for
loan  losses and the  allocation  of the  allowance  for loan  losses to various
categories of loans for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE 6
ANALYSIS OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES





                                                              Year Ended June 30,
                                       ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                         1999          1998          1997          1996          1995
                                       -------       -------       -------       -------       -------
                                                              (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                    <C>               <C>       <C>           <C>           <C>
Balance, beginning of period           $   951           796       $   608       $   515       $   404
Provision for loan losses                   33            96           658            96           120
Charge-offs                                (17)           (8)         (519)           (4)          (14)
Recoveries                                  87            67            49             1             5
                                       -------       -------       -------       -------       -------
Balance, end of period                 $ 1,054       $   951       $   796       $   608       $   515
                                       =======       =======       =======       =======       =======
Allowance as a percentage of loans        1.04%         0.89%         0.79%         0.66%         0.60%

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE 7
ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

                                                               June 30,
                                          --------------------------------------------------
                                           1999       1998       1997       1996       1995
                                          ------     ------     ------     ------     ------
                                                         (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Residential 1-4 family                    $  548     $  533     $  382     $  256     $  216
Nonresidential real estate                   116        124        233        170        155
Home equity and other second mortgage        126        142         83         97         82
Construction                                 200         95         54         36         16
                                          ------     ------     ------     ------     ------
     Total real estate loans                 990        894        752        559        469
Other installment loans                       64         57         44         49         46
                                          ------     ------     ------     ------     ------
     Total allowance for loan losses      $1,054     $  951     $  796     $  608     $  515
                                          ======     ======     ======     ======     ======

</TABLE>

     The  allocation  of the allowance  for loan losses to the  respective  loan
classifications  is not  necessarily  indicative  of  future  losses  or  future
allocations. Refer to Table 3 for percentages of loans in each category to total
loans.



14
<PAGE>
Investment Securities

         Interest  and  dividend  income from  investment  securities  generally
provides the second  largest  source of income to the Company after  interest on
loans. The Company's portfolio of investment securities includes U.S. government
and agency  securities,  mortgage-backed  securities  issued by the Federal Home
Loan Mortgage  Corporation  (FHLMC),  the Federal National Mortgage  Association
(FNMA) and the Government National Mortgage  Association (GNMA),  collateralized
mortgage  obligations  issued  by  FNMA  and  GNMA  secured  by  mortgage-backed
securities  guaranteed  by FNMA and GNMA,  and  obligations  of states and local
governments.

         Investment  securities increased $12.2 million to $29.2 million at June
30, 1999 from $17.0 million at June 30, 1998.  This increase is  attributable to
the  reinvestment  in  investment  securities of a portion of the $24 million in
proceeds  received  during  1999  from the  sale of  one-to-four  family  loans.
Approximately  88%  of the  Company's  investment  portfolio  is  classified  as
available-for-sale  in order to provide  flexibility  to meet  liquidity  needs.
Generally   securities   issued  by  the  state  of  North  Carolina  and  local
municipalities  in North Carolina are the only ones classified by the Company as
held-to-maturity.  At June 30,  1999,  net  unrealized  losses of $596,000  were
included  in the  carrying  value of  securities  classified  available-for-sale
compared to net  unrealized  gains of $126,000  on such  securities  at June 30,
1998.  These net unrealized  gains and losses are the result of  fluctuations in
market  interest rates rather than concerns  about the issuers'  ability to meet
their obligations.

         Table 8 shows  maturities of investment  securities held by the Company
at June 30, 1999 and the weighted average tax-equivalent yields for each type of
security and maturity.  Additional  information  about the Company's  investment
securities  as of June 30, 1999 and 1998 is  presented in Note 2 of the notes to
the  consolidated  financial  statements.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE 8
INVESTMENT SECURITIES - MATURITY/YIELD SCHEDULE

                                                                 More than           More than
                                  One year or Less          1 Year to 5  Years  5 years to 10 years       Over 10 Years
                                 --------------------    ----------------------- --------------------  -------------------
                                             Weighted                  Weighted              Weighted             Weighted
                                 Carrying    Average     Carrying      Average   Carrying    Average   Carrying   Average
                                   Value      Yield        Value        Yield      Value      Yield      Value      Yield
                                   -----      -----        -----        -----      -----      -----      -----      -----
Available-for-sale:                                           (dollars in thousands)
<S>                               <C>                    <C>            <C>      <C>          <C>      <C>
U.S. government and agency        $    --       -- %     $ 6,122        6.23%    $ 5,264      6.18%    $    --         - %
State and local government (1)         --       --            --          --         783      6.23       1,035      8.52
Mortgage-backed securities (2)         --       --         5,257        6.21       2,355      6.26       4,994      6.43
                                  -------     ----       -------        ----     -------      ----     -------      ----
   Total available-for-sale       $    --       --       $11,379        6.22     $ 8,402      6.21     $ 6,029      6.79
                                  -------     ----       -------        ----     -------      ----     -------      ----
Held-to-maturity:
U.S. government and agency        $    --       -- %     $    --          -- %   $    --        -- %   $    --        -- %
State and local  government (3)     1,166     6.46           597        6.78         862      8.04         737      7.29
Mortgage-backed securities             --       --            --          --          --        --          --        --
                                  -------     ----       -------        ----     -------      ----     -------      ----
   Total held-to-maturity         $ 1,166     6.46       $   597        6.78     $   862      8.04 $       737      7.29
                                  -------     ----       -------        ----     -------      ----     -------      ----
Total investments,
    at carrying value             $ 1,166                $11,976                 $ 9,264               $ 6,766
                                  =======                =======                 =======               =======
<CAPTION>
                                             Total
                                    ----------------------
                                                  Weighted
                                    Carrying       Average
                                      Value         Yield
                                     -------        ----
<S>                                  <C>            <C>
Available-for-sale:
U.S. government and agency           $11,386        6.21 %
State and local government (1)         1,818        7.53
Mortgage-backed securities (2)        12,606        6.31
                                     -------        ----
   Total available-for-sale$         $25,810        6.34
                                     -------        ----

Held-to-maturity:
U.S. government and agency$          $    --          -- %
State and local  government (3)        3,362        7.10
Mortgage-backed securities                --          --
                                     -------        ----
   Total held-to-maturity            $ 3,362        7.10
                                     -------        ----
Total investments,
    at carrying value                $29,172
                                     =======
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
(1)  Yields are stated on a taxable  equivalent  basis  assuming  statutory  tax
     rates of 34% for federal and 7.50% for state purposes.  Book yields without
     regard to tax-equivalent  adjustments are: six to ten years, 4.68%;over ten
     years, 5.63%; total 5.20%.
(2)  Mortgage-backed  securities  are shown at their weighted  average  expected
     life obtained from an outside  evaluation of the average  remaining life of
     each  security  based  on  historic  prepayment  speeds  of the  underlying
     mortgages at June 30, 1999.
(3)  Yields are stated on a taxable  equivalent  basis  assuming  statutory  tax
     rates of 34% for federal and 7.50% for state purposes.  Book yields without
     regard to tax- equivalent  adjustments are: one year or less, 4.76%; one to
     five years,  4.64%; six to ten years,  4.89%, over ten years, 5.30%; total,
     4.89%.


         In addition to the investment  securities  discussed above, the Company
also earns interest on its  correspondent  bank account at the Federal Home Loan
Bank ("FHLB") of Atlanta and  dividends on its FHLB stock.  The Bank is required
to maintain, as a condition of membership, an investment in stock of the FHLB of
Atlanta equal to the greater of 1% of its  outstanding  home loan balances or 5%
of its  outstanding  advances.  No ready market exists for such stock,  which is
carried at cost. As of June 30, 1999,  the Company's  investment in stock of the
FHLB of Atlanta was $1,036,000.



                                                                              15
<PAGE>
Funding Sources

         Deposits are the primary source of the Company's  funds for lending and
other  investment  purposes.  The Company attracts both short-term and long-term
deposits  from the general  public by  offering a variety of accounts  and rates
including  savings  accounts,  NOW accounts,  money market  accounts,  and fixed
interest rate  certificates  with varying  maturities.  General  interest rates,
economic conditions,  and competitive market conditions  significantly influence
deposit  inflows and outflows.  As  competition  for deposits has increased both
from larger financial  institutions in the Company's local market place and from
mutual  funds and other  investments,  borrowings  have  provided an  additional
source of funding.  Borrowed  funds provide  liquidity and assist the Company in
matching  interest rates on its assets and liabilities as interest rates on most
borrowed  funds are  fixed  and  therefore  more  predictable  than the rates on
deposits,  which are subject to change  based upon market  conditions  and other
factors.


Deposits

         Deposits  totaled  $99.3  million at June 30,  1999  compared  to $89.8
million at June 30,  1998,  and $84.9  million at June 30, 1997.  The  following
table sets forth certain  information  regarding the Company's  average  savings
deposits for the last three years.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE 9
AVERAGE DEPOSITS

                                                 1999                    1998                      1997
                                        --------------------     --------------------     --------------------
                                        Average      Average     Average      Average     Average      Average
                                        Amount        Rate       Amount        Rate        Amount        Rate
                                        ------        ----       ------        ----        ------        ----
<S>                                    <C>            <C>       <C>            <C>        <C>            <C>
Interest-bearing checking accounts     $ 7,815        0.92%     $ 6,930        1.04%      $ 6,011        1.48%
Savings and money market deposits       27,511        3.87       23,610        3.68        20,050        3.36
Certificates of deposit                 53,524        5.46       53,817        5.67        50,758        5.62
                                       -------        ----      -------        ----       -------        ----
   Total interest-bearing deposits      88,850        4.56       84,357        4.73        76,819        4.71
Non-interest-bearing deposits            3,163          --         2,291         --         1,901          --
                                       -------        ----      -------        ----       -------        ----

     Total deposits                    $92,013        4.41      $86,648        4.61       $78,720        4.59
                                       =======        ====      =======        ====       =======        ====
</TABLE>
         As of June 30, 1999, the Company held $12,237,000 in time  certificates
of deposit of  $100,000  or more.  Maturities  of  certificates  of  deposits of
$100,000  or more at June  30,  1999  were as  follows:  three  months  or less,
$1,907,000;  over three months through six months,  $5,635,000;  over six months
through  twelve  months,  $2,461,000;  over twelve  months  through  twenty-four
months, $1,715,000; and over twenty-four months, $519,000.
<PAGE>


Borrowings

         The Company's  principal  source of long-term  borrowings  are advances
from the FHLB of Atlanta. As a requirement for membership,  the Bank is required
to own  capital  stock in the FHLB of  Atlanta  and is  authorized  to apply for
advances  on the  security  of that stock and a floating  lien on its 1-4 family
residential  mortgage  loans.  Each credit program has its own interest rate and
range of maturities.  At June 30, 1999, FHLB of Atlanta  advances  totaled $20.2
million  compared to $18.0 million at June 30, 1998.  Additional  information on
borrowings  is  provided  in Note 7 of the notes to the  consolidated  financial
statements.



16
<PAGE>
Liquidity and Interest Rate Risk Management

         Liquidity  is the ability to raise  funds or convert  assets to cash in
order to meet customer and operating  needs.  The Company's  primary  sources of
liquidity  are  its  portfolio  of  investment  securities   available-for-sale,
principal  and  interest  payments  on  loans  and  mortgage-backed  securities,
interest income from investment securities,  maturities of investment securities
held-to-maturity,  increases in deposits, and advances from the FHLB of Atlanta.
At June 30, 1999, the Bank had  $9,838,000 of credit  available from the FHLB of
Atlanta  that would be  collateralized  by a blanket  lien on  qualifying  loans
secured by first mortgages on 1-4 family  residences.  Additional amounts may be
made  available  under  this  blanket  floating  lien  or  by  using  investment
securities as collateral. Management believes that it will have sufficient funds
available  to meet its  anticipated  future  loan  commitments  as well as other
liquidity needs.

         Interest rate risk is the  sensitivity of interest  income and interest
expense to changes in interest  rates.  Management has structured its assets and
liabilities in an attempt to protect net interest income from large fluctuations
associated  with  changes  in  interest  rates.  Table 10 shows  the  amount  of
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities outstanding at June 30,
1999 which are projected to reprice or mature in each of the future time periods
shown.   At  June  30,   1999,   the   Company   had  a   cumulative   one  year
liability-sensitive  gap position of $5.9  million or 4.44% of  interest-earning
assets.  This  generally  indicates  that net interest  income would  experience
downward pressure in a rising rate environment and would increase in a declining
rate  environment,  as  interest-sensitive  liabilities  would generally reprice
faster than interest-sensitive assets.

         It should be noted that this table reflects the interest-sensitivity of
the balance  sheet as of a specific  date and is not  necessarily  indicative of
future results. Because of this and other limitations,  management also monitors
interest rate sensitivity  through the use of a model which estimates the change
in net portfolio value and net interest income in response to a range of assumed
changes in market interest rates. Based on interest  sensitivity  measures as of
June  30,  1999,  management  believes  that  its  interest  rate  risk is at an
acceptable level.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE 10
INTEREST SENSITIVITY

                                                                                    June 30, 1999
                                                  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              More than      More than
                                                  3 Months       4 to 12      1 Year to      3 Years to        Over
                                                  Or Less        Months        3 Years        5 Years        5 Years        Total
                                                  --------      --------       --------       --------       --------      --------
Interest-earning assets:                                                       (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                               <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
   Loans receivable                               $ 28,306      $ 25,267       $ 21,203       $ 14,338       $ 12,657      $101,771
   Interest-bearing deposits                         1,866          --             --             --             --           1,866
   Investment securities (1)                         2,469         2,126          3,289          8,341         12,947        29,172
   FHLB common stock                                  --            --             --             --            1,036         1,036
                                                  --------      --------       --------       --------       --------      --------
       Total interest-earning assets              $ 32,641      $ 27,393       $ 24,492       $ 22,679       $ 26,640      $133,845
                                                  ========      ========       ========       ========       ========      ========

Interest-bearing liabilities
   Deposits:
     Fixed maturity deposits                      $  9,331      $ 29,437       $ 16,782      $     484       $     --      $ 56,034
     Savings and money market accounts               3,494        14,717         14,716          3,494          3,494        39,915
                                                  --------      --------       --------       --------       --------      --------
       Total deposits                               12,825        44,154         31,498          3,978          3,494        95,949
   FHLB advances                                     5,305         2,000          3,000          9,000            857        20,162
                                                  --------      --------       --------       --------       --------      --------
       Total interest-bearing liabilities         $ 18,130      $ 46,154       $ 34,498       $ 12,978       $  4,351      $116,111
                                                  ========      ========       ========       ========       ========      ========

Interest sensitivity gap per period               $ 14,511      $(18,761)      $(10,006)      $  9,701       $ 22,289      $ 17,734
Cumulative interest sensitivity gap                 14,511        (4,250)       (14,256)        (4,555)        17,734          --
Cumulative gap as a percentage of
   total interest-earning assets                     10.84%        (3.18)%       (10.65)%        (3.40)%       13.25%        13.25%
Cumulative interest-earning assets as a
   percentage of interest-bearing liabilities       180.04%        93.39%         85.57%         95.92%       115.27%       115.27%
</TABLE>

(1) Includes investment and mortgage-backed securities

This table was prepared using the assumptions  regarding loan prepayment  rates,
loan  repricing  and deposit decay rates which are used by the Company in making
its gap computations.  These assumptions should not be regarded as indicative of
the actual  prepayments and withdrawals  that may be experienced by the Company.
However,   management   believes  that  these  assumptions   approximate  actual
experience.


                                                                              17
<PAGE>
Market Risk

         Market risk reflects the risk of economic loss  resulting  from adverse
changes in market price and interest  rates.  This risk of loss can be reflected
in diminished current market values and/or reduced potential net interest income
in future periods.

         The  Company's  market risk arises  primarily  from  interest rate risk
inherent in its lending and  deposit-taking  activities.  The  structure  of the
Company's  loan and deposit  portfolios  is such that a  significant  decline in
interest rates may adversely  impact net market values and net interest  income.
The Company  does not maintain a trading  account nor is the Company  subject to
currency exchange risk or commodity price risk.  Interest rate risk is monitored
as part of the Company's asset/liability management function, which is discussed
in "Liquidity and Interest Rate Risk Management" above.

         Table 11 presents information about the contractual maturities, average
interest  rates and estimated  fair values of financial  instruments  considered
market risk sensitive at June 30, 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE 11
MARKET RISK ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

                                        Contractual Maturities at June 30, 1999
                              --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                          Beyond                Average   Estimated
                                                                                           Five                 Interest    Fair
                                2000         2001        2002        2003       2004       Years        Total   Rate (1)    Value
                              --------     --------    --------    --------   --------    --------    --------  --------   --------
<S>                           <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>      <C>
Financial Assets
  Debt securities (2)         $  2,310     $  2,324    $  1,954    $  1,199   $  7,494    $ 14,487    $ 29,768    6.64%    $ 29,198
                              --------     --------    --------    --------   --------    --------    --------             --------
  Loans (3):
    Fixed rate                     378          323         466         244        330      51,880      53,621    8.20       52,767
    Variable rate                2,772          479       1,265       2,026      1,289      40,705      48,536    8.61       49,483
                              --------     --------    --------    --------   --------    ------      --------             --------
          Total               $  5,460     $  3,126    $  3,685    $  3,469   $  9,113    $107,072    $131,925    8.01     $131,448
                              ========     ========    ========    ========   ========    ========    ========             ========

Financial Liabilities
  Savings, NOW and MMDA       $ 39,915     $   --      $   --      $   --     $   --      $   --      $ 39,915    3.30     $ 40,986
  Fixed rate certificates
       of deposit               38,768       14,093       2,689         484       --          --        56,034    5.46       56,783
  Advances from the Federal
       Home Loan Bank            7,305        2,000       1,000       9,000        857        --        20,162    5.69       20,027
                              --------     --------    --------    --------   --------    --------    --------    ----     --------
          Total               $ 85,988     $ 16,093    $  3,689    $  9,484   $    857    $   --      $116,111    4.76     $117,796
                              ========     ========    ========    ========   ========    ========    ========             ========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
(1)  The average  interest rate related to debt  securities is stated on a fully
     taxable basis,  assuming a 34% federal income tax rate and applicable state
     income tax rate, reduced by the nondeductible portion of interest expense.
(2)  Debt securities are reported on the basis of amortized cost.
(3)  Nonaccrual  loans are included in the balance of loans.  The  allowance for
     loan loss and unearned fees and discounts are excluded.

18
<PAGE>
Capital Resources


         Stockholders'  equity  decreased  from  $21,606,000 at June 30, 1998 to
$19,561,000  at June 30,  1999.  Under a stock  repurchase  plan  adopted by the
Company's  Board of  Directors  in July of 1998,  the  Company  repurchased  and
retired  218,800 shares of its common stock during the year ended June 30, 1999.
The average cost of the shares  repurchased was $9.32 per share for a total cost
of  $2,040,000.  The  implementation  of the  share  repurchase  plan  and  cash
dividends  declared  were the  primary  factors  contributing  to the decline in
stockholders'  equity  during  the  year  ended  June  30,  1999.  Another  item
contributing to the decrease in stockholders'  equity from June 30, 1998 to June
30, 1999 was an unrealized  loss on  securities  available for sale of $440,000.
Mitigating  these  decreases was net income of  $1,200,000,  and release of ESOP
shares and  amortization  of unearned  compensation  of $165,000  and  $272,000,
respectively.

         As a state savings bank holding company, the Parent is regulated by the
Board of  Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve  Board  ("FRB")  and is subject to
securities  registration and public reporting  regulations of the Securities and
Exchange  Commission.  The  Bank  is  regulated  by the  FDIC  and  the  Savings
Institutions Division, North Carolina Department of Commerce ("the
Administrator").

         The Bank must comply with the capital  requirements of the FDIC and the
Administrator.  The FDIC requires the Bank to maintain  minimum ratios of Tier I
capital to total risk-weighted  assets and total capital to risk-weighted assets
of 4% and 8%, respectively.  To be "well-capitalized",  the FDIC requires ratios
of  Tier  I  capital  to  total  risk-weighted   assets  and  total  capital  to
risk-weighted  assets of 6% and 10%,  respectively.  Tier I capital  consists of
total  stockholders'  equity  calculated in accordance  with generally  accepted
accounting  principles less intangible assets, and total capital is comprised of
Tier I capital plus certain adjustments, the only one of which applicable to the
Bank is the allowance for loan losses.  Risk-weighted  assets reflect the Bank's
on- and off-balance  sheet exposures after such exposures have been adjusted for
their  relative risk levels using  formulas set forth in FDIC  regulations.  The
Bank is also  subject  to a  leverage  capital  requirement,  which  calls for a
minimum  ratio of Tier I capital (as defined  above) to quarterly  average total
assets  of 3% and a  ratio  of 5% to be  "well-capitalized".  The  Administrator
requires a net worth equal to at least 5% of assets.

         At June 30, 1999 and 1998,  the Bank was in compliance  with all of the
aforementioned  capital  requirements of both the FDIC and the Administrator and
is  deemed  to be  "well-capitalized".  Refer  to  note  9 to  the  consolidated
financial statements for additional discussion of the Bank's capital resources.


Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

         The consolidated  financial statements and accompanying  footnotes have
been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which
require the measurement of financial  position and operating results in terms of
historical dollars without  consideration of changes in the relative  purchasing
power of money over time due to  inflation.  The assets and  liabilities  of the
Company are primarily  monetary in nature,  and changes in interest rates have a
greater impact on the Company's performance than do the effects of inflation.
<PAGE>

Regulatory Matters

         Management is not presently aware of any current  recommendation to the
Company by regulatory authorities, which, if they were implemented, would have a
material effect on the Company's liquidity, capital resources, or operations.



                                                                              19
<PAGE>
Year 2000 Issue


         The  Company  recognizes  and  is  addressing  the  potentially  severe
implications  of the "Year 2000  Issue." The "Year 2000 Issue" is a general term
used to  describe  the  various  problems  that may  result  from  the  improper
processing of dates and date-sensitive calculations as the Year 2000 approaches.
This  issue is caused by the fact that  many of the  world's  existing  computer
programs  use only  two  digits  to  identify  the  year in the date  field of a
program.  These  programs were designed and developed  without  considering  the
impact of the  upcoming  change in the  century  and  could  experience  serious
malfunctions  when the last two digits of the year change to "00" as a result of
identifying a year  designated  "00" as the year 1900 rather than the Year 2000.
This  misidentification  could  prevent the Company from being able to engage in
normal  business  operations,  including,  among  other  things,  miscalculating
interest accruals and the inability to process customer transactions. Because of
the potentially  serious  ramifications  of the Year 2000 Issue,  the Company is
taking  the Year 2000  Issue  very  seriously.  The  Company  formed a Year 2000
Committee,  which is comprised of the Company's  management team, in November of
1997.  Other employees are actively  involved in the Company's Year 2000 efforts
on an as needed basis.  The Committee is leading the Company's Year 2000 efforts
to ensure that the Company is properly prepared for the Year 2000. The Company's
Board of Directors has approved a plan submitted by the Year 2000 Committee that
was developed in accordance with  guidelines set forth by the Federal  Financial
Institutions  Examination  Council.  This plan,  which is  described  in further
detail below, has five primary phases related to internal Year 2000 compliance:


1.   Awareness - this phase is ongoing  and is designed to inform the  Company's
     Board of Directors (the "Board") and Executive  management  ("Management"),
     employees,  customers  and  vendors of the  impact of the Year 2000  Issue.
     Since December of 1997 the Board has been apprised of the Company's efforts
     at their regular monthly meetings.  Employees are informed of the Company's
     Year 2000 efforts through scheduled  employee  meetings.  In addition,  all
     customers  were  updated with  respect to the  Company's  Year 2000 efforts
     through  mailings  sent in June of 1998 and April of 1999.  The Company has
     also  placed Year 2000  information  on the Bank's  World Wide Web site.  A
     final Year 2000  mailing  will be sent to all  customers  of the Bank as of
     September 30, 1999.

2.   Assessment  - during this phase an  inventory  was  conducted  of all known
     Company  processes that could  reasonably be expected to be impacted by the
     Year 2000 Issue and their related vendors, if applicable. This inventory of
     processes and vendors included not only typical computer  processes such as
     the Company's  transaction  applications  systems,  but all known processes
     that could be impacted by  micro-chip  malfunctions.  These include but are
     not limited to the Company's  alarm system,  phone system,  check  ordering
     process,  and ATM network.  The Company  inventoried all the systems listed
     above in December of 1997 and performed an initial  assessment of potential
     risks from either under or nonperformance arising from incorrect processing
     and usage of dates after  December 31,  1999.  At this time the Company had
     already  made the decision to convert in February of 1998 to a new computer
     service  provider  for  processing  all loan,  deposit and  general  ledger
     transactions. In conjunction with the conversion, the Company purchased and
<PAGE>
     installed new computers,  printers and related software in January of 1998.
     New hardware and software for a local area network was also  purchased  and
     installed  in January of 1998.  The total cost of the hardware and software
     purchased  by  the  Company  in  fiscal  1998  totaled   $296,000  and  was
     capitalized.  Most of the hardware  and  software  purchased by the Company
     either  is Year  2000  compliant  or will be with  minor  modifications  or
     upgrades.  The  assessment  phase  is  complete,  although  it  is  updated
     periodically as necessary.

3.   Renovation  and/or  replacement  - this  phase  includes  programming  code
     enhancements,  hardware and software upgrades, system replacements,  vendor
     certification  and  any  other  changes  necessary  to make  any  hardware,
     software  and other  equipment  Year 2000  compliant.  The Company does not
     perform in-house programming,  and thus is dependent on external vendors to
     ensure and modify, if needed,  the hardware,  software or other services it
     provides  to the  Company  for Year  2000  compliance.  As a result  of the
     assessment  performed above, the Company contacted all third party vendors,
     requested  documentation  regarding their Year 2000 compliance efforts, and
     analyzed their responses.  The responses from third party vendors generally
     include an overview of renovation efforts to their systems that the Company
     utilizes. In addition,  some third party software vendors have notified the
     Company  that  upgrades  of their  software  will be  necessary  to  ensure
     reliable and accurate Year 2000 processing. One third party computer vendor
     (the "primary service provider") processes,  either directly, or indirectly
     through  other  computer  vendors,  all loan,  deposit and  general  ledger
     transactions.  The primary  service  provider has notified the Company that
     the  renovation  and  replacement of their systems is complete and has been
     tested for Year 2000 compliance.


20
<PAGE>
4.   Testing - The next phase for the  Company  under the plan is to  complete a
     comprehensive  testing of all known  processes.  As noted in the renovation
     and/or  replacement phase above, the Company's primary service provider has
     already tested their system for Year 2000 compliance.  The next step, which
     is currently in process,  is to test the Company's network and core service
     provider software  applications and hardware. A first test of the company's
     core service provider  software  applications and hardware was performed on
     September 20, 1998 using a future date of January 3, 2000.  The Company has
     reviewed  the  results of this test,  and this  review  indicated  that the
     system  performed  reliably  and  accurately  when using the future date of
     January  3,  2000.  The  Company  performed  follow up tests  with its core
     service provider during the third quarter of fiscal 1999 using future dates
     of February  29,  2000 and March 1, 2000.  The  Company  has  reviewed  the
     results of this test, and this review  indicated that the system  performed
     reliably  and  accurately  when using the future dates of February 29, 2000
     and March 1, 2000. The testing of the remainder of the Company's  processes
     was  substantially  complete as of June 30, 1999, with follow up testing to
     be performed as needed in the remainder of calendar year 1999.

5.   Implementation - this phase occurred when the Company's  vendors  certified
     their  present  systems  as Year 2000  compliant.  All of the  systems  the
     Company is presently  using have been  certified as Year 2000  compliant by
     the  respective  vendors.  On some  applications  the  Company  is  already
     entering dates greater than December 31, 1999 into their systems.  In these
     situations no adverse  events have been noted.  The Company has developed a
     Business  Resumption  Contingency plan for critical  processes in the event
     they do not process information  reliably and accurately after December 31,
     1999.  This plan was  approved by the Bank's Board of Directors in late May
     of 1999 and tested by the Company in July of 1999.

The Company has also assessed the year 2000 readiness of  significant  borrowers
and  depositors.  In the second  quarter of 1999 the Company  prepared a list of
significant  borrowers and depositors.  After verbal and/or written inquiries of
these  customers,  any that  the  Company  had Year  2000  concerns  about  were
counseled on the Year 2000 issue and urged to take corrective action. Since most
of the  Company's  loans are to  individuals  and  secured by one to four family
residences this step did not require a significant amount of time or resources.

Excluding the hardware and software  purchases noted above, the Company expensed
$24,000  and  $2,000 on Year 2000 costs for the years  ended  June 30,  1999 and
1998,  respectively.  The  Year  2000  costs  do not  include  the  time of Bank
personnel  related to the Year 2000 issue.  Based on an  analysis  of  projected
expenses  performed in the second  quarter of fiscal 1999, the total cost of the
Year 2000  project is currently  estimated at $28,000.  Funding of the Year 2000
project  costs  has come from  normal  operating  cash  flow,  and the  expenses
associated  with the Year 2000  Issue  has and will  directly  reduce  otherwise
reported net income for the Company.

Management of the Company  believes that the potential  effects on the Company's
internal  operations of the Year 2000 Issue has been addressed prior to the Year
2000.  However,  notwithstanding  the time and  effort  expended  to date by the
Company and its vendors,  if required  modifications or conversions are not made
or are not  completed  on a timely  basis prior to the Year 2000,  the Year 2000
Issue could disrupt normal business operations. The most reasonably likely worst
case Year 2000  scenarios  foreseeable  at this time would  include  the Company
temporarily  not being able to process,  in some  combination,  various types of
<PAGE>
customer  transactions.  This could  affect the ability of the Company to, among
other things, originate new loans, post loan payments,  accept deposits or allow
immediate  withdrawals,  and,  depending  on the  amount of time such a scenario
lasted,  could have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company.  Because of the
serious  implications of these scenarios,  the primary emphasis of the Company's
Year 2000 efforts has been to correct any systems or  processes  whose Year 2000
test results are not satisfactory prior to the Year 2000.  Nevertheless,  should
one of the most  reasonably  likely worst case scenarios occur in the Year 2000,
the Company,  as noted above, has formalized a contingency plan that would allow
for  limited  transactions,  including  the  ability  to  make  certain  deposit
withdrawals,  until the Year 2000 problems are fixed. The costs of the Year 2000
project and the date on which the Company plans to complete Year 2000 compliance
are based on  management's  best  estimates,  which were derived using  numerous
assumptions  of future  events  such as the  availability  of certain  resources
(including internal and external resources),  third party vendor plans and other
factors.  However,  there  can be no  guarantee  that  these  estimates  will be
achieved at the cost  disclosed or within the  timeframe  indicated,  and actual
results could differ materially from these plans.  Factors that might affect the
timely and efficient  completion of the Company's Year 2000 project include, but
are not limited to, vendors' abilities to adequately correct or convert software
and the effect on the Company's  ability to test its systems,  the  availability
and cost of personnel trained in the Year 2000 area, the ability to identify and
correct all relevant computer programs and similar uncertainties.


                                                                              21
<PAGE>
Accounting Pronouncements

         The Company prepares its consolidated  financial statements and related
disclosures  in conformity  with  standards  established  by, among others,  the
Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (the  "FASB").  Because the  information
needed by users of financial  reports is dynamic,  the FASB  frequently  has new
rules  and  proposed  new  rules  for  companies  to  apply in  reporting  their
activities.  The following discussion addresses such changes as of June 30, 1999
that will affect the Company's future reporting.

         In June  1998,  the  FASB  issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 133 ("SFAS No. 133"),  "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments and
Hedging Activities". SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards
for derivative  instruments and for hedging  activities.  Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 137, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities  - Deferral of the  Effective  Date of FASB  Statement  No. 133 - and
amendment of FASB No. 133" delayed the effective  date of this statement for one
year.  This  Statement  is  effective  for all fiscal  quarters of fiscal  years
beginning  after June 15,  2000.  The Company  plans to adopt SFAS 133 in fiscal
year 2001 without any impact on its  consolidated  financial  statements  as the
Company does not have any derivative  financial  instruments and is not involved
in any hedging activities.

         In October  1998,  the FASB issued  Statement of  Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 134, "Accounting for Mortgage-Backed Securities Retained after the
Securitization   of  Mortgage  Loans  Held  for  Sale  by  a  Mortgage   Banking
Enterprise," establishes accounting and reporting standards for certain mortgage
banking  activities.  It also conforms the subsequent  accounting for securities
retained after the  securitization  of other types of assets.  This statement is
effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
1998. The Company adopted SFAS 134 in fiscal year 1999 without any impact on its
consolidated financial statements.


Forward Looking Statements

         The foregoing  discussion may contain  statements  that could be deemed
forward-looking  statements  within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and the Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform Act,  which
statements are inherently  subject to risks and  uncertainties.  Forward-looking
statements are statements that include projections, predictions, expectations or
beliefs  about  future  events or results or  otherwise  are not  statements  of
historical  fact.  Such  statements  are  often  characterized  by  the  use  of
qualifying  words  (and  their   derivatives)   such  as  "expect,"   "believe,"
"estimate,"  "plan,"  "project,"  or other  statements  concerning  opinions  or
judgment of the Company and its  management  about future  events.  Factors that
could influence the accuracy of such forward-looking statements include, but are
not limited to, the  financial  success or changing  strategies of the Company's
customers, actions of government regulators, the level of market interest rates,
and general economic conditions.

22
<PAGE>

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT









The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Piedmont Bancorp, Inc.:


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Piedmont Bancor,
Inc. and subsidiary as of June 30, 1999 and 1998,  and the related  consolidated
statements of income,  stockholders'  equity and  comprehensive  income and cash
flows for each of the years in the three-year  period ended June 30, 1999. These
consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility is to express an opinion on these  consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial  position of Piedmont Bancorp,
Inc.  and  subsidiary  as of June 30,  1999 and 1998,  and the  results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the  three-year  period
ended  June  30,  1999,  in  conformity  with  generally   accepted   accounting
principles.



                                    /s/KPMG LLP
                                    -----------
                                    KPMG LLP


Raleigh, North Carolina
July 19, 1999

                                                                              23
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                       June 30, 1999 and 1998

                                                                               1999           1998
                                                                            ---------      ---------
                                                                             (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                         <C>            <C>
ASSETS

Cash                                                                        $   1,706      $     823
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions                       1,866          1,821
Investment securities (note 2):
   Available-for-sale (cost:  $26,406 in 1999 and
       $13,649 in 1998)                                                        25,810         13,775
   Held-to-maturity (market value: $3,388 in 1999
       and $3,331 in 1998)                                                      3,362          3,250
Loans receivable (net of allowance for loan losses of
     $1,054 in 1999 and $951 in 1998) (note 3)                                100,717        106,500
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost                                           1,036          1,152
Premises and equipment (note 4)                                                 3,213          1,414
Prepaid expenses and other assets (note 10)                                     2,379          1,806
                                                                            ---------      ---------
                                    Total assets                            $ 140,089      $ 130,541
                                                                            =========      =========


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Deposits (note 6):
     Demand, non-interest bearing                                               3,390          2,844
     Savings, NOW and MMDA                                                     39,915         32,800
Certificates of deposit                                                        56,034         54,196
                                                                            ---------      ---------
                                                                               99,339         89,840

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (note 7)                              20,162         18,000
Accrued expenses and other liabilities                                          1,027          1,095
                                                                            ---------      ---------
                                       Total liabilities                      120,528        108,935
                                                                            ---------      ---------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                         <C>            <C>
Stockholders' Equity (note 9):
Preferred stock, no par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized;
   none issued                                                                   --             --
Common stock, no par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized;
   2,532,000 and 2,750,800 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30,
   1999 and 1998, respectively                                                  7,035          9,121
Unearned ESOP shares                                                             (450)          (679)
Unamortized deferred compensation                                                (655)          (953)
Unallocated restricted stock                                                      (87)           (61)
Retained earnings, substantially restricted (note 10)                          14,081         14,101
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net                                      (363)            77
                                                                            ---------      ---------
                      Total stockholders' equity                               19,561         21,606
                                                                            ---------      ---------

Commitments and contingencies (note 3)
                       Total liabilities and stockholders' equity           $ 140,089      $ 130,541
                                                                            =========      =========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


24
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                Years ended June 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997


                                                                     1999          1998         1997
                                                                   --------     --------      --------
                                                              (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Interest income:
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>          <C>
Interest on loans                                                  $  8,835      $  9,127     $  8,060
Interest on deposits in other financial institutions                     82            70           99
Interest and dividends on investment securities:
         Taxable                                                      1,083           825        1,024
         Non-taxable                                                    200           195          352
                                                                   --------      --------     --------
                           Total interest income                     10,200        10,217        9,535
                                                                   --------      --------     --------

Interest expense:
     Interest on deposits (note 6)                                    4,056         3,991        3,615
     Interest on borrowings                                           1,056         1,200          988
                                                                   --------      --------     --------
         Total interest expense                                       5,112         5,191        4,603
                                                                   --------      --------     --------

Net interest income                                                   5,088         5,026        4,932
Provision for loan losses (note 3)                                       33            96          658
                                                                   --------      --------     --------
         Net interest income after provision for loan losses          5,055         4,930        4,274
                                                                   --------      --------     --------

Other income:
     Customer service and other fees                                    223           207          201
     Mortgage loan servicing fees                                        42            63           87
     Gains (losses) on sales of investment securities                     5             6         (135)
     Lower-of-cost or market adjustment on loans held-for-sale          (73)           36            4
     Gain on sale of real estate owned                                   --           114           --
     Gain (loss) on sale of loans                                       (20)           75           --
     Stock and mutual fund commissions                                   74             7           --
     Other                                                              105            98           68
                                                                   --------      --------     --------

         Total other income                                             356           606          225
                                                                   --------      --------     --------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>          <C>
Other expenses:
     Compensation and fringe benefits (note 8)                        1,989         1,713        3,152
     SAIF recapitalization assessment (note 6)                           --            --          487
     Data and items processing                                          396           256          241
     Deposit insurance premiums                                          53            53           71
     Occupancy expense                                                  145           114          113
     Furniture and equipment expense                                    214           113          115
     Professional fees                                                  117           185          129
     Other                                                              644           529          408
                                                                   --------      --------     --------

         Total other expenses                                         3,558         2,963        4,716
                                                                   --------      --------     --------

         Income (loss) before income tax expense                      1,853         2,573         (217)

Income tax expense (note 10)                                            653           930          317
                                                                   --------      --------     --------


                       Net income (loss)                           $  1,200      $  1,643     $   (534)
                                                                   ========      ========     ========


Net income (loss) per share - basic (note 8)                       $   0.48      $   0.61     $  (0.20)
                                                                   ========      ========     ========

Net income (loss) per share - diluted (note 8)                     $   0.46      $   0.61     $  (0.20)
                                                                   ========      ========     ========

</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                                                              25
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
                                          For the years ended June 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997




                                                                                   Unearned    Unamortized      Unallocated
                                                     Shares         Common           ESOP        Deferred       Restricted
                                                  Outstanding        Stock          Shares     Compensation        Stock
                                                   ---------      ----------      ----------      ---------       --------
                                                                                    (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                               <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Balance at June 30, 1996                          2,645,000      $   25,398      $   (2,552)     $     --        $     --

Comprehensive loss:
     Net loss                                          --              --              --              --              --
     Other comprehensive income-unreal-
       ized gain on securities available for
       sale net of income taxes of $318                --              --              --              --              --
        Total comprehensive loss
     Issuance of restricted stock                   105,800           1,587            --            (1,587)           --
      Release of ESOP shares                           --                83           1,619            --              --
     Amortization of unearned
       compensation                                    --              --              --               237            --
     Forfeiture of restricted stock
      and  related dividends                           --               107            --               224            (224)
     Allocation of restricted stock                    --               (60)           --              (143)            203
     Tax benefit of dividends on
       restricted stock                                --               261            --              --              --
     Cash dividends ($7.42 per share)**                --           (18,233)           --              --              --
                                                  ---------      ----------      ----------       ---------        --------
Balance at June 30, 1997                          2,750,800           9,143            (933)         (1,269)            (21)
Comprehensive income:
     Net income                                        --              --              --              --              --
     Other comprehensive income-unreal-
       ized gain on securities available for
       sale net of income taxes of $104                --              --              --              --              --
     Total comprehensive income
     Release of ESOP shares                            --               (45)            254            --              --
     Amortization of unearned
          compensation                                 --              --              --               265            --
     Forfeiture of  restricted stock                   --              --              --               146            (146)
     Allocation of restricted stock                    --               (11)           --               (95)            106
     Tax benefit of dividends on
       restricted  stock                               --                (2)           --              --              --
     Cash dividends declared, net of
     forfeited dividends on
       restricted stock
       ($0.42 per share)                               --                36            --              --              --
                                                 ---------       ----------      ----------       ---------        --------

Balance at June 30, 1998                         2,750,800            9,121            (679)           (953)            (61)
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Accumulated
                                                                    other           Total
                                                  Retained      comprehensive   Stockholders'
                                                  Earnings          income          Equity
                                                 ----------      ----------      ----------

<S>                                              <C>             <C>             <C>
Balance at June 30, 1996                         $   14,783      $     (579)     $   37,050

Comprehensive loss:
     Net loss                                          (534)           --              (534)
     Other comprehensive income-unreal-
       ized gain on securities available for
       sale net of income taxes of $318                --               495             495
                                                                                 ----------
        Total comprehensive loss                                                        (39)
     Issuance of restricted stock                      --              --              --
      Release of ESOP shares                           --              --             1,702
     Amortization of unearned
       compensation                                    --              --               237
     Forfeiture of restricted stock
      and  related dividends                           --              --               107
     Allocation of restricted stock                    --              --              --
     Tax benefit of dividends on
       restricted stock                                --              --               261
     Cash dividends ($7.42 per share)**                (669)           --           (18,902)
                                                 ----------      ----------      ----------
Balance at June 30, 1997                             13,580             (84)         20,416
Comprehensive income:
     Net income                                       1,643            --             1,643
     Other comprehensive income-unreal-
       ized gain on securities available for
       sale net of income taxes of $104                --                 161           161
                                                                                 ----------
     Total comprehensive income                                                       1,804
     Release of ESOP shares                            --              --               209
     Amortization of unearned
          compensation                                 --              --               265
     Forfeiture of  restricted stock                   --              --              --
     Allocation of restricted stock                    --              --              --
     Tax benefit of dividends on
       restricted  stock                               --              --                (2)
     Cash dividends declared, net of
     forfeited dividends on
       restricted stock
       ($0.42 per share)                             (1,122)           --            (1,086)
                                                 ----------      ----------      ----------
Balance at June 30, 1998                             14,101              77          21,606
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   Unearned       Unamortized       Unallocated
                                                     Shares         Common           ESOP           Deferred        Restricted
                                                  Outstanding        Stock          Shares        Compensation         Stock
                                                   ---------      ----------      ----------       ---------         --------
                                                                             (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
 Balance at June 30, 1998                           2,750,800           9,121            (679)           (953)            (61)
 Comprehensive income:
     Net income                                          --              --              --              --              --
     Other comprehensive income-unreal-
      ized loss on  securities available for
        sale net of income tax benefit of $282           --              --              --              --              --
        Total comprehensive  income
     Purchase and  retirement of common  stock       (218,800)         (2,040)           --              --              --
     Release of ESOP shares                              --               (64)            229            --              --
     Amortization of unearned
           compensation                                  --              --              --               272            --
     Forfeiture of  restricted stock                     --              --              --                26             (26)
     Tax benefit of dividends on                            6
          restricted stock                               --              --              --              --              --
     Cash dividends declared, net of
     forfeited dividends on
     restricted stock
     ($0.48 per share)                                   --                12            --              --              --
                                                   ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------
Balance at June 30, 1999                            2,532,000      $    7,035      $     (450)     $     (655)     $      (87)
                                                   ==========      ==========      ==========      ==========      ==========

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 Accumulated
                                                                    other           Total
                                                  Retained      comprehensive   Stockholders'
                                                  Earnings          income          Equity
                                                 ----------      ----------      ----------
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>             <C>
 Balance at June 30, 1998                               14,101              77          21,606
 Comprehensive income:
     Net income                                          1,200            --             1,200
     Other comprehensive income-unreal-
      ized loss on  securities available for
        sale net of income tax benefit of $282            --              (440)           (440)
                                                                                    ----------
        Total comprehensive  income                                                        760
     Purchase and  retirement of common  stock            --              --            (2,040)
     Release of ESOP shares                               --              --               165
     Amortization of unearned
           compensation                                   --
     Forfeiture of  restricted stock                      --              --              --
      Tax benefit of dividends on
          restricted stock                                --              --                 6
     Cash dividends declared, net of
     forfeited dividends on
     restricted stock
     ($0.48 per share)                                  (1,220)           --            (1,208)
                                                    ----------      ----------      ----------
Balance at June 30, 1999                            $   14,081      $     (363)     $   19,561
                                                    ==========      ==========      ==========

</TABLE>
**  includes $7.00 special dividend paid on December 6, 1996.

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

26
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS For the
                                              years ended June 30, 1999, 1998, and 1997

                                                                                            1999          1998          1997
                                                                                          --------      --------      --------
Operating activities:                                                                             (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
     Net income (loss)                                                                    $  1,200      $  1,643      $   (534)
     Adjustments to reconcile netincome (loss) to net cash
           provided by operating activities:
         Depreciation                                                                          172            94            93
         Net amortization (accretion)                                                           94           119            98
         Provision for loan losses                                                              33            96           658
         Deferred income taxes                                                                --              (5)         (163)
         Gain on sale of fixed assets                                                         --              (2)         --
         Net (gain) loss on sale of investment and mortgage-backed securities                   (5)           (6)          135
         Gain on sale of real estate owned                                                    --            (114)         --
         Loss (gain) on sale of loans                                                           20           (75)         --
         Release of ESOP shares                                                                165           209         1,702
         Compensation earned under MRP                                                         272           265           237
         Net decrease in mortgage loans held for sale                                          513           264           519
         Decrease (increase) in other assets                                                  (356)         (328)          585
         Increase (decrease) in other liabilities                                              (48)           53           (40)
                                                                                          --------      --------      --------
              Net cash provided by operating activities                                      2,060         2,213         3,290
                                                                                          --------      --------      --------

Investing activities:
     Net decrease (increase) in loans held for investment                                    5,243        (7,198)      (10,230)
     Principal collected on mortgage-backed securities                                       1,427           620           628
     Purchases of investment securities classified as available-for-sale                    (8,748)       (2,254)         (504)
     Purchases of investment securities classified as held-to-maturity                        (300)         (307)         --
     Purchases of mortgage-backed securities classified as available-for-sale               (7,677)       (2,517)       (1,658)
     Purchases of collateralized mortgage obligations                                       (2,524)         --            --
     Proceeds of sales of investment securities classified as available-for-sale              --            --          13,601
     Proceeds from maturities of investment securities                                        --            --              78
     Proceeds from investment securities called by issuer                                    4,420           380         1,085
     Proceeds of sales of mortgage-backed securities classified as available-for-sale          501         1,508         3,847
     Redemptions (purchases) of FHLB Stock                                                     116          (232)          (57)
     Purchases of premises and equipment                                                    (1,971)         (318)          (34)
     Proceeds from sale of real estate owned                                                  --             636          --
     Proceeds from sale of fixed assets                                                       --              17
                                                                                          --------      --------      --------
                                  Net cash provided (used) by investing activities          (9,513)       (9,665)        6,756
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
Financing activities:
     Net increase in time deposits                                                           1,838             4         5,776
     Net increase in other deposits                                                          7,661         4,976         5,723
     Proceeds from borrowings                                                                7,305        18,000        14,000
     Repayments of borrowings                                                               (5,143)      (16,500)      (14,750)
     Repurchase of no par common stock                                                       2,040            --            --
     Cash dividends paid to shareholders                                                     1,240        (1,029)      (18,820)
                                                                                          --------      --------      --------
         Net cash provided (used) by financing activities                                    8,381         5,451        (8,071)
                                                                                          --------      --------      --------

                  Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                             928        (2,001)        1,975
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                                             2,644         4,645         2,670
                                                                                          --------      --------      --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                                                $  3,572      $  2,644      $  4,645
                                                                                          ========      ========      ========
Supplemental  disclosure of cash flow  information:
   Cash paid during the period for:
     Interest                                                                             $  4,048      $  5,217      $  4,592
                                                                                          ========      ========      ========
     Income taxes                                                                         $    680      $    977      $    342
                                                                                          ========      ========      ========

Supplemental disclosure of noncash transactions:
   Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of deferred
     taxes of $282 for 1999, $104 for 1998 and $318 for 1997                              $   (440)     $    161      $    495
                                                                                          ========      ========      ========
   Dividends declared but unpaid                                                          $   (304)     $   (324)     $   (267)
                                                                                          ========      ========      ========
   Transfer of bank premises no longer in use from fixed assets to other
      assets at net book value                                                            $   --        $     --      $     60
                                                                                          ========      ========      ========

Transfer from loans receivable to real estate owned
      assets at net book value                                                            $   --        $    522      $   --
                                                                                          ========      ========      ========

</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                                                              27
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1)      Significant Accounting Policies
         -------------------------------

(a)      Organization and Operations
         ---------------------------

Piedmont  Bancorp,  Inc.,  ("the Parent") is a bank holding  company,  formed in
December 1995,  that owns all of the  outstanding  common stock of  Hillsborough
Savings Bank,  Inc. SSB ("the Bank").  The Bank amended and restated its charter
to effect its conversion from a North Carolina  chartered mutual savings bank to
a  North  Carolina   chartered   stock  savings  bank  in  December  1995  ("the
Conversion").  The  Bank is  primarily  engaged  in the  business  of  obtaining
deposits and providing  loans to the general public.  The principal  activity of
the Parent is ownership of the Bank.

(b)      Basis of Presentation
         ---------------------

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Parent and the
Bank,  together  referred  to as "the  Company".  All  significant  intercompany
transactions  and balances are eliminated in  consolidation.  The preparation of
financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
requires  management to make estimates and assumptions  that affect the reported
amounts  of assets and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets and
liabilities  as of the date of the balance  sheets and the  reported  amounts of
income and  expenses  for the periods  presented.  Actual  results  could differ
significantly  from those  estimates.  Material  estimates that are particularly
susceptible to significant  changes in the near-term relate to the determination
of the allowance for loan losses.

(c)      Investment Securities
         ---------------------

Management determines the appropriate classification of investment securities at
the time of purchase.  Securities  are classified as  held-to-maturity  when the
Company  has both the  positive  intent and  ability to hold the  securities  to
maturity.  Held-to-maturity  securities are stated at amortized cost. Securities
not  classified  as  held-to-maturity  are  classified  as   available-for-sale.
Available-for-sale  securities  are stated at fair  value,  with the  unrealized
gains and losses,  net of tax, reported in a separate component of stockholders'
equity. The Company has no trading securities.

The  amortized   cost  of   securities   classified   as   held-to-maturity   or
available-for-sale  is adjusted for  amortization  of premiums and  accretion of
discounts to maturity, or, in the case of mortgage-backed  securities,  over the
estimated life of the security. Such amortization is included in interest income
from investments.  Realized gains and losses, and declines in value judged to be
other-than-temporary  are included in net securities gains (losses). The cost of
securities sold is based on the specific identification method.
<PAGE>
(d)      Mortgage Servicing Rights
         -------------------------

Mortgage  servicing  rights ("MSR") are the rights to service mortgage loans for
others which are capitalized and included in "other assets" on the  Consolidated
Balance Sheets at the lower of their carrying value or fair value.  The carrying
value of  mortgage  loans  originated  or  purchased  is  allocated  between the
carrying  value  of the  loans  and the  MSR.  Capitalization  of the  allocated
carrying value of MSR occurs when the underlying  loans are sold or securitized.
MSR's  are  amortized  over the  estimated  period of and in  proportion  to net
servicing revenues.  MSR for loans originated by the Bank prior to 1997 were not
capitalized in accordance with the then current accounting standards.

The Company  periodically  evaluates MSR for  impairment by estimating  the fair
value based on a discounted cash flow  methodology.  This analysis  incorporates
current market assumptions, including discount, prepayment and delinquency rates
with net cash  flows.  The  predominant  characteristics  used as the  basis for
stratifying  MSR are  investor  type,  product type and  interest  rate.  If the
carrying  value of the MSR's  exceed  the  estimated  fair  value,  a  valuation
allowance is established. Changes to the valuation allowance are charged against
or credited to mortgage  servicing  income and fees up to the original  carrying
value of the MSR.

(d)      Loans Held for Sale
         -------------------

         Loans  held for sale are  carried at the lower of cost or fair value in
the aggregate as determined by outstanding commitments from investors or current
investor yield requirements. Gains and losses on loan sales are determined by
the  difference  between the selling  price and the carrying  value of the loans
sold.

28
<PAGE>
(1)      Significant Accounting Policies, Continued
         ------------------------------------------

(e)      Loans Receivable
         ----------------

Loans held for investment are carried at their principal amount outstanding, net
of deferred loan origination fees.

Interest on loans is recorded as borrowers' monthly payments become due. Accrual
of interest  income on loans  (including  impaired  loans) is suspended when, in
management's  judgment,  doubts exist as to the  collectibility of principal and
interest.  Interest  received on  nonaccrual  and  impaired  loans is  generally
applied  against  principal or may be reported as interest  income  depending on
management's judgment as to the collectibility of principal.  Loans are returned
to accrual  status when  management  determines,  based on an  evaluation of the
underlying  collateral together with the borrower's payment record and financial
condition,  that  the  borrower  has the  capability  and  intent  to  meet  the
contractual obligations of the loan agreement.

Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and
the net amount  amortized as an adjustment of the related  loans' yield over the
life of the related loans using a level-yield method.  Unamortized net loan fees
or  costs  on loans  sold  are  recorded  as gain or loss on sale in the year of
disposition.

(f)      Allowance for Loan Losses
         -------------------------

The Company provides for loan losses on the allowance method.  Accordingly,  all
loan losses are charged to the allowance and all  recoveries are credited to it.
Additions to the  allowance for loan losses are provided by charges to operating
expense.  The  provision  is  based  upon  management's  evaluation  of the risk
characteristics  of the loan  portfolio  under current  economic  conditions and
considers  such  factors as  financial  condition  of the  borrower,  collateral
values,  growth and composition of the loan portfolio,  the  relationship of the
allowance for loan losses to outstanding loans, and delinquency trends.

At June 30, 1999,  substantially all of the Company's loans were  collateralized
by real estate in Orange  County,  North  Carolina  and adjacent  counties.  The
collateral is predominately  owner-occupied residential real estate in which the
borrower  does not rely on  underlying  cash flows from the  property to satisfy
debt service.  The ultimate  collectibility of a substantial portion of the loan
portfolio is susceptible to changes in market conditions in the Company's market
area. While management uses available  information to recognize losses on loans,
future  additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic
conditions.   Various  regulatory  agencies,   as  an  integral  part  of  their
examination  processes,  periodically  review the  Company's  allowance for loan
losses.  Such  agencies  may require the Company to  recognize  additions to the
allowance based on their judgments  about  information  available to them at the
time of their examinations.

For all specifically  reviewed loans for which it is probable that the Bank will
be  unable  to  collect  all  amounts  due  according  to the  terms of the loan
agreement,  the Bank determines fair value either based on discounted cash flows
using the loans'  initial  interest rate or the fair value of the  collateral if

<PAGE>
the loan is collateral  dependent.  Large groups of smaller  balance  homogenous
loans  that are  collectively  evaluated  for  impairment  (such as  residential
mortgage  and  consumer   installment   loans)  are  excluded  from   impairment
evaluation, and their allowance for loan losses is calculated in accordance with
the allowance for loan losses policy described above.

(g)      Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
         ------------------------------------------

As a requirement for  membership,  the Bank invests in stock of the Federal Home
Loan Bank of Atlanta (FHLB) in the amount of 1% of its  outstanding  residential
loans or 5% of its outstanding  advances from the FHLB, whichever is greater. At
June 30, 1999, the Bank owned 10,360 shares of the FHLB's $100 par value capital
stock. No ready market exists for such stock, which is carried at cost.

(h)      Premises and Equipment
         ----------------------

Premises and  equipment  are stated at cost.  Provisions  for  depreciation  are
computed  principally using the  straight-line  method and charged to operations
over the estimated useful lives of the assets which range from 5 to 40 years for
office  buildings and 3 to 10 years for furniture,  fixtures,  and equipment and
other improvements.


                                                                              29
<PAGE>
(1)      Significant Accounting Policies, Continued
         ------------------------------------------

(i)      Income Taxes
         ------------

The  provision  for income  taxes is based on income and  expense  reported  for
financial statement purposes after adjustment for permanent  differences such as
tax exempt interest  income.  Deferred income taxes are provided when there is a
difference  between the  periods  items are  reported  for  financial  statement
purposes  and when they are  reported  for tax  purposes and are recorded at the
enacted tax rates  expected  to apply to taxable  income in years in which these
temporary  differences  are  expected to be  recovered  or  settled.  Subsequent
changes in tax rates will require adjustment to these assets and liabilities.

(j)      Retirement Plans
         ----------------

The Bank has an employee stock ownership plan which covers  substantially all of
its employees. Contributions to the plan are determined annually by the Board of
Directors  based on  employee  compensation.  The Company  records  compensation
expense for shares released to employees,  as a result of  contributions  by the
Company or dividends paid on unreleased  shares in the employee stock  ownership
plan, equal to the fair value of the shares released.

The Bank also has a 401(k) plan that  covers all  eligible  employees.  The Bank
matches 50% of employee  contributions,  with the Bank's contribution limited to
3% of each employee's salary.

(k)      Cash and Cash Equivalents
         -------------------------

For  purposes  of  reporting  cash  flows,   the  Company   considers  cash  and
interest-bearing  deposits in other  institutions  with  original  maturities of
three months or less to be cash equivalents.

(l)      Earnings (Loss) Per Share
         -------------------------

In 1998, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards (SFAS) No. 128, "Earnings Per Share", which establishes  standards for
computing and presenting  earnings per share (EPS) data. SFAS No. 128 simplifies
the standards for computing EPS previously found in APB Opinion No. 15 "Earnings
Per Share", and makes them comparable to international EPS standards. Under SFAS
No. 128, basic EPS replaces the former presentation of primary EPS. Also, a dual
presentation  of of basic and  diluted EPS is required on the face of the income
statement for all entities with complex capital structures, and a reconciliation
must be provided of the numerator and  denominator of the basic EPS  computation
to the numerator and denominator of the diluted EPS  computation.  In accordance
with SFAS No. 128, all prior period EPS data has been restated.

30
<PAGE>
(1)       Significant Accounting Policies, Continued
          ------------------------------------------

(m)       Comprehensive Income
          --------------------

On July 1, 1999,  the Company  adopted  SFAS No. 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income".  SFAS No. 130 establishes  standards for reporting and  presentation of
comprehensive  income and its components in a full set of financial  statements.
Comprehensive income consists of net income and net unrealized gains (losses) on
securities  and is  presented  in the  statements  of  stockholders'  equity and
comprehensive income. The Statement requires only additional  disclosures in the
consolidated  financial  statements;  it does not affect the Company's financial
position or results of  operations.  Prior year financial  statements  have been
reclassified to conform to the requirements of SFAS No. 130.

The Company's other comprehensive income for the years ended June 30, 1999, 1998
and 1997 and accumulated other comprehensive income as of June 30, 1999 and 1998
are comprised  solely of unrealized  gains and losses on certain  investments in
debt securities.  Other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended June 30,
1999, 1998 and 1997 follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1999            1998           1997
                                                                             ----------      ---------      ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>             <C>            <C>
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period                      $     (437)     $     165      $     414
Less: reclassification adjustment for realized gains (losses), net of tax             3              4            (81)
                                                                             ----------      ---------      ---------
Unrealized gains (losses) on securities, net of applicable income taxes      $     (440)     $     161      $     495
                                                                             ==========      =========      =========
</TABLE>

(n)       Disclosures Regarding Segments
          ------------------------------

The Company adopted SFAS No. 131,  "Disclosures  about Segments of an Enterprise
and Related Information" in 1999. SFAS No. 131 establishes standards for the way
that public  businesses report  information  about operating  segments in annual
financial  statements  and  requires  that  those  enterprises  report  selected
information  about  operating  segments in interim  financial  reports issued to
shareholders.  It also  establishes  standards  for  related  disclosures  about
products  and  services,  geographic  areas,  and major  customers.  The Company
adopted  SFAS  No.  131  without  any  impact  on their  consolidated  financial
statements  as the  chief  operating  decision  maker  reviews  the  results  of
operations of the Company and its subsidiaries as a single enterprise.

(o)      Reclassifications
         -----------------

Certain  reclassifications  have been made for 1998 and 1997 to conform with the
1999 presentation.  The  reclassifications  had no effect on previously reported
net income or stockholders' equity.



                                                                              31


<PAGE>
(2)      Investment Securities
         ---------------------

The  following is a summary of the  investment  securities  portfolios  by major
classification:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              June 30, 1999
                                             -----------------------------------------------
                                                         (dollars in thousands)
                                                                                  Estimated
                                             Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized    market
                                                cost        gains       losses      value
                                               -------     -------     -------     -------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Securities available for sale:
     US government and agency securities       $11,696     $  --       $   310     $11,386
     Mortgage-backed securities (1)             12,923           7         324      12,606
     State and local governments                 1,787          57          26       1,818
                                               -------     -------     -------     -------
       Total securities available-for-sale     $26,406     $    64     $   660     $25,810
                                               =======     =======     =======     =======
Securities held-to-maturity:
         State and local governments           $ 3,362     $    57     $    31     $ 3,388
                                               =======     =======     =======     =======
<CAPTION>
                                                              June 30, 1998
                                             -----------------------------------------------
                                                         (dollars in thousands)
                                                                                  Estimated
                                             Amortized   Unrealized   Unrealized    market
                                                cost        gains       losses      value
                                               -------     -------     -------     -------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Securities available for sale:
     US government and agency securities       $ 8,005     $    26     $     3     $ 8,028
     Mortgage-backed securities                  4,668          32           5       4,695
     State and local governments                   976          76        --         1,052
                                               -------     -------     -------     -------

       Total securities available-for-sale     $13,649     $   134     $     8     $13,775
                                               =======     =======     =======     =======
Securities held-to-maturity:
     State and local governments               $ 3,250     $    85     $     4     $ 3,331
                                               =======     =======     =======     =======
</TABLE>
(1) At June 30, 1999 and 1998,  the  Company  owned  mortgage-backed  securities
issued by the  Federal  Home Loan  Mortgage  Corporation  (FHLMC),  the  Federal
National  Mortgage  Association  (FNMA)  and the  Government  National  Mortgage
Association  (GNMA)  with  an  aggregate   amortized  cost  of  $10,405,000  and
$4,668,000,  respectively,  and a market value of $10,162,000 and $4,695,000. In
addition,   at  June  30,  1999,  the  Company  owned  collateralized   mortgage
obligations  issued  by FNMA  and GNMA  secured  by  mortgage-backed  securities
guaranteed by FNMA and GNMA with an amortized  cost of  $2,518,000  and a market
value of $2,444,000. The Bank owned no collateralized mortgage obligations as of
June 30, 1998.

32
<PAGE>
(2)    Investment Securities, Continued
       --------------------------------

The   aggregate   amortized   cost   and   approximate   market   value  of  the
available-for-sale and held-to-maturity  securities portfolios at June 30, 1999,
by remaining contractual maturity are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            Securities available-for-sale      Securities held-to-maturity
                                                                 (dollars in thousands)
                                                            Estimated                         Estimated
                                                Amortized     market             Amortized     market
                                                  cost        value                 cost        value
                                                  ----        -----                 ----        -----
<S>                                              <C>         <C>                  <C>         <C>
US government and agency securities:
       Due in 1 year or less                     $  --       $  --                $  --       $  --
       Due in 1 year through 5 years               6,206       6,122                 --          --
       Due after 5 through 10 years                5,490       5,264                 --          --
Obligations of states and local governments:
       Due in 1 year or less                        --          --                  1,166       1,175
       Due 1 year through 5 years                   --          --                    597         604
       Due after 5 through 10 years                  811         783                  862         890
       Due after 10 years                            976       1,035                  737         719
Mortgage-backed  securities                       12,923      12,606                 --          --
                                                 -------     -------              -------     -------
       Total securities                          $26,406     $25,810              $ 3,362     $ 3,388
                                                 =======     =======              =======     =======

</TABLE>
At June 30, 1999 and 1998,  investment securities with book values of $7,310,000
and $8,311,000, respectively, were pledged as collateral for public deposits.

Summarized below is the sales activity in investment securities:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   Year ended June 30,
                                                                   -------------------
                                                           1999           1998           1997
                                                         --------      --------      --------
                                                                (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities     $    506      $  1,508      $ 17,448
Realized gains                                                 (5)           (6)          (55)
Realized losses                                                --            --           190
                                                         --------      --------      --------
Cost of available-for-sale securities sold               $    501      $  1,502      $ 17,583
                                                         ========      ========      ========

</TABLE>

                                                                              33
<PAGE>
(3)   Loans Receivable
      ----------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    June 30,
                                                                          ------------------------
Loans receivable consist of the following:                                   1999             1998
                                                                             ----             ----
                                                                            (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                       <C>            <C>
Loans secured by first mortgages on real estate:
     Mortgage loans held for sale                                         $   2,264      $   2,797
     Mortgage loans held for investment, primarily one-to-four family        76,503         87,378
     Construction loans                                                       8,741          7,552
     Commercial and agricultural loans                                        8,228          6,472
     Participation loans purchased                                              419            323
                                                                          ---------      ---------
                                                                             96,155        104,522
Home equity lines of credit                                                  10,113          9,879
Other second mortgage loans                                                     741            709
Other installment loans                                                       1,314            850
                                                                          ---------      ---------
                                                                            108,323        115,960
Undisbursed proceeds on loans in process                                     (6,166)        (8,097)
Deferred loan fees                                                             (386)          (412)
Allowance for loan losses                                                    (1,054)          (951)
                                                                          ---------      ---------
                                                                          $ 100,717      $ 106,500
                                                                          =========      =========
</TABLE>

An analysis of the allowance for loan losses follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               1999          1998           1997
                                               ----          ----           ----
                                                   (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                         <C>           <C>           <C>
Balance at beginning of period              $   951       $   796       $   608
Provision for loan losses                        33            96           658
Loans charged off                               (17)           (8)         (519)
Recoveries                                       87            67            49
                                            -------       -------       -------
Balance at end of period                    $ 1,054       $   951       $   796
                                            =======       =======       =======
</TABLE>

At June 30, 1999 and 1998, the Company had loans totaling approximately $973,000
and $928,000, respectively, which were in nonaccrual status. There were no loans
that were  contractually  delinquent  for 90 days or more and still  accruing at
June 30, 1999 and 1998.

Additional interest income that would have been recorded on nonaccrual loans for
the years ended June 30, 1999,  1998 and 1997 had they  performed in  accordance
with  their  original  terms   throughout  each  of  the  periods   amounted  to
approximately $76,000, $46,000 and $61,000, respectively.
<PAGE>
At June  30,  1999,  the  Company  had  fixed  rate  mortgage  loan  commitments
outstanding  of  $1,764,000.  Preapproved  but  unused  lines of credit  totaled
$11,164,000, and standby letters of credit totaled $21,434 at June 30, 1999. The
Company's exposure to credit losses for commitments to extend credit and standby
letters of credit is the contractual amount of those financial instruments.  The
Company uses the same credit policies for making commitments and issuing standby
letters of credit as it does for on-balance  sheet financial  instruments.  Each
customer's  creditworthiness is evaluated on an individual basis. The amount and
type of  collateral,  if deemed  necessary  by  management,  is based  upon this
evaluation  of  creditworthiness.  Collateral  obtained  varies but may  include
marketable securities,  deposits,  real estate,  investment assets, and property
and equipment.  In  management's  opinion,  these  commitments,  and undisbursed
proceeds  on loans in process  reflected  above,  represent  no more than normal
lending risk to the Company and will be funded from normal sources of liquidity.

34
<PAGE>
 (3)     Loans Receivable, Continued
         ---------------------------

At June 30, 1999 and 1998, the recorded  investment in loans that are considered
to be impaired under SFAS No. 114 was $117,000 and $118,000, respectively. There
were no impaired  loans in non-accrual  status at June 30, 1999 and 1998.  There
was no  related  allowance  for credit  losses  associated  with these  loans as
determined in accordance with SFAS No. 114. The average  recorded  investment in
impaired  loans during the years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998 was  approximately
$118,000 and $118,500.  The Company  recognized  interest income on the impaired
loans of  approximately  $9,400 and $9,500  during the years ended June 30, 1999
and 1998, respectively.

The Company serviced loans for others of approximately $37,870,000, $18,256,000,
and $10,913,000 at June 30, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The June 30, 1999
balance  of loans  sold  with  recourse  was  approximately  $285,000.  Mortgage
servicing rights were not material for any of the periods presented.

Certain of the Company's  mortgage  loans are pledged as collateral for advances
from the Federal Home Loan Bank (see note 7).

The Bank makes loans to executive  officers and  directors of the Company and to
their  associates.  It is  management's  opinion  that  such  loans  are made on
substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral,  as those
prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons and do
not  involve  more  than  the  normal  risk of  collectibility.  Following  is a
reconciliation of loans outstanding to executive officers,  directors, and their
associates for the year ending June 30, 1999:

                                                 (dollars in thousands)
         Balance at June 30, 1998                     $  458
         New loans                                       121
         Repayments                                      (32)
                                                      ------
         Balance at June 30, 1999                     $  547
                                                      ======


(4)      Premises and Equipment
         ----------------------

Premises and equipment consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               June 30, 1999                   June 30, 1998
                                       ------------------------------   -------------------------------
                                               Accumulated   Net book           Accumulated    Net book
                                        Cost   depreciation   value      Cost   depreciation    value
                                        ----   ------------   -----      ----   ------------    -----
                                                           (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                    <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Land and land improvements             $1,424     $   68     $1,356     $  407     $   63     $  344
Office buildings and improvements       1,443        271      1,172        891        246        645
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment      1,441        756        685      1,042        617        425
                                       ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ------
                                       $4,308     $1,095     $3,213     $2,340     $  926     $1,414
                                       ======     ======     ======     ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
(5)      Leases
         ------

The Company leases one of its branches  under a  noncancelable  operating  lease
expiring through 2017. The total expense  associated with this lease was $21,000
in 1999.  Future minimum lease payments on noncancelable  operating leases as of
June 30, 1999, consist of the following:

                                      Lease payments
                                      --------------
2000                                    $  39,680
2001                                       39,680
2002                                       39,680
2003                                       43,151
2004                                       45,630
                                         --------
                                        $ 207,821
                                        =========


                                                                              35
<PAGE>
(6)      Deposits
         --------

Contractual maturities of time deposits are as follows:

                                                               Total
               Year Ending June 30                           Maturities
               -------------------                           ----------
                                                        (dollars in thousands)
               1999                                         $  38,768
               2000                                            14,093
               2001                                             2,689
               2002                                               484
               2003 and thereafter
                                                            ---------
                     Total time deposits                    $  56,034
                                                            =========

Time deposits of $100,000 or more totaled $12,237,000 and $9,556,000 at June 30,
1999 and 1998, respectively.

Interest expense on deposits includes $545,000,  $563,000,  and $406,000 for the
years ended June 30, 1999,  1998,  and 1997,  respectively,  on time deposits of
$100,000 or more.

On September 30, 1996,  President  Clinton signed into law the Deposit Insurance
Funds Act allowing a special assessment to be levied by the FDIC to recapitalize
the SAIF.  The  special  assessment  was based on the level of SAIF  deposits  a
financial  institution  had as of March 31, 1995 subject to a 20%  reduction for
certain  qualifying  deposits.  The Bank's  special  assessment  in 1997 totaled
$487,000.  On December 11, 1996,  the FDIC approved a final rule  retroactive to
October 1, 1996 which lowered rates on assessments paid to the SAIF.


(7)      Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank
         ----------------------------------------

Advances  from the Federal  Home Loan Bank of  Atlanta,  with  weighted  average
interest rates, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     June 30,
                                                                       1999
                                                                     -------
(dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                  <C>
5.29% due on or before June 30, 2000                                 $ 7,305
5.15% due on or before June 30, 2001                                   2,000
5.86% due on or before June 30, 2002                                   1,000
5.91% due on or before June 30, 2003                                   9,000
5.68% July 1, 2003 and thereafter                                        857
                                                                     -------
                                                                     $20,162
                                                                     =======
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      June 30,
                                                                       1998
(dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                  <C>
5.91% due on or before June 30, 1999                                 $ 5,000
6.14% due on or before June 30, 2000                                   2,000
5.86% due on or before June 30, 2002                                   1,000
5.88% July 1, 2003 and thereafter                                     10,000
                                                                     -------
                                                                    $ 18,000
                                                                    ========
</TABLE>


At June 30, 1999, the Bank had additional  credit  availability from the Federal
Home Loan Bank of $9,838,000.

All  advances  are secured by stock in the Federal  Home Loan Bank and a blanket
floating lien on the Bank's one-to-four family residential mortgage loans.


36
<PAGE>
(8)      Employee and Director Benefit Plans
         -----------------------------------

401(k) Plan
The Bank  sponsors a 401(k) plan that covers all  eligible  employees.  The Bank
matches 50% of employee  contributions,  with the Bank's contribution limited to
3% of each employee's  salary.  Matching  contributions are funded when accrued.
Matching expense totalled  approximately  $17,000 in 1999,  $15,000 in 1998, and
$18,000 in 1997.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP")
The Bank has an ESOP whereby an aggregate  number of shares amounting to 211,600
were purchased for future allocation to employees. Contributions to the ESOP are
made  by the  Bank  on a  discretionary  basis  and  are  allocated  among  ESOP
participants  on the basis of relative  compensation  in the year of allocation.
Benefits  under the ESOP vest in full upon five  years of  service  with  credit
given for years of service prior to the conversion.

The ESOP was funded by a $40,000 cash  contribution made by the Bank in December
1995 and a loan from the Parent in the amount of $2,690,677. The loan is secured
by  shares of stock  purchased  by the ESOP and is not  guaranteed  by the Bank.
Principal  and  interest  payments  on  this  loan  are  funded  primarily  from
discretionary  contributions by the Bank. Dividends, if any, paid on shares held
by the ESOP may also be used to reduce the loan. Dividends on unallocated shares
are used by the ESOP to repay the debt to the  Parent  and are not  reported  as
dividends  in the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Dividends  on allocated
shares  are  credited  to the  accounts  of the  participants  and  reported  as
dividends in the consolidated financial statements.

On December  31,  1996,  the Bank made a  $1,710,000  contribution  to the ESOP,
representing the normal  principal  payment due for the year and the application
of dividends on unallocated  shares to the principal  balance of the loan.  This
contribution resulted in the release of 128,919 shares to individual participant
accounts.  On December 31, 1997,  the Bank made a $212,000  contribution  to the
ESOP,  representing  the  normal  principal  payment  due for the  year  and the
application of dividends on unallocated  shares to the principal  balance of the
loan. This  contribution  resulted in the release of 19,918 shares to individual
participant   accounts.   On  December  31,  1998,  the  Bank  made  a  $207,000
contribution to the ESOP,  representing the normal principal payment due for the
year and the  application  of dividends on  unallocated  shares to the principal
balance of the loan. This contribution  resulted in the release of 18,448 shares
to individual  participant accounts. At June 30, 1999, a total of 167,285 shares
have been  released  and  allocated to  participants  and 44,315  shares  remain
unallocated, of which 16,660 shares are committed to be released on December 31,
1999.

Total compensation expense associated with the ESOP for the years ended June 30,
1999, 1998 and 1997 was $165,000,  $209,000,  and $1,702,000,  respectively.  At
June 30, 1999, there were 44,315 unallocated ESOP shares with a total fair value
of approximately $382,217.
<PAGE>
Management Recognition Plan ("MRP")
The Bank's MRP was  approved by  stockholders  of the Parent and by the Parent's
and the Bank's Boards of Directors  during fiscal year 1997. The MRP serves as a
means  of  providing  existing  directors  and  employees  of the  Bank  with an
ownership interest in the Company.  Shares of the Company's common stock awarded
under the MRP vest equally over a five year period. Compensation expense related
to those shares is recognized on a straight-line  basis  corresponding  with the
vesting period. Prior to vesting,  each participant granted shares under the MRP
may direct the voting of the shares  allocated  to the  participant  and will be
entitled to receive any dividends or other distributions paid on such shares. On
August 29, 1996,  105,800 shares were awarded but unearned to participants under
the MRP. During fiscal year 1997, 14,914 shares were forfeited under the MRP. Of
those shares forfeited, 13,500 were subsequently reallocated to new participants
under  the MRP in 1997.  During  fiscal  year  1998,  19,417  shares  vested  to
participants in the MRP and 11,645 shares were forfeited under the MRP. Of those
shares forfeited,  9,000 were subsequently reallocated to new participants under
the MRP in 1998.  During fiscal year 1999,  20,111 shares vested to participants
in the MRP and 1,719  shares were  forfeited  under the MRP.  None of the shares
forfeited were  reallocated  to new  participants  under the MRP in 1999.  Total
compensation  expense  associated with the MRP for the years ended June 30, 1999
and 1998 was $272,000 and $265,000, respectively.

                                                                              37
<PAGE>
(8)      Employee and Director Benefit Plans, Continued
         ----------------------------------------------

Stock Option Plan
The  Company  adopted a Stock  Option  Plan which has also been  approved by the
stockholders  of the  Parent  and by the  Parent's  and  the  Bank's  Boards  of
Directors.  The Stock Option Plan makes  available  options to purchase  264,500
shares,  or  10%  of the  shares  issued  in the  conversion  to  employees  and
directors.  Options granted under the Stock Option Plan have a vesting  schedule
which  provides that 20% of the options  granted vest in the first year, and 20%
will  vest  on each  subsequent  anniversary  date,  so that  options  would  be
completely vested within five years from the date of grant.  Options become 100%
vested upon death or disability,  if earlier.  Unexercised options expire within
ten years from the date of grant.

The Company has elected to follow APB Opinion No. 25 ("APB 25"), "Accounting for
Stock Issued to Employees"  and related  interpretations  in accounting  for its
stock  options as permitted  under SFAS No. 123 ("SFAS  123"),  "Accounting  for
Stock-Based  Compensation".  In accordance with APB 25, no compensation  cost is
recognized  by the Company when stock  options are granted  because the exercise
price of the Company's  stock options  equals the market price of the underlying
common  stock on the date of grant.  As  required by SFAS 123,  disclosures  are
presented  below for the effect on the net income  (loss) and net income  (loss)
per share  that would  result  from the use of the fair  value  based  method to
measure  compensation  cost  related  to stock  option  grants.  The  effects of
applying the  provisions  of SFAS 123 are not  necessarily  indicative of future
effects.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Net income                             1999             1998             1997
                                       ----             ----             ----
<S>                             <C>               <C>               <C>
   As reported                  $   1,200,000     $   1,643,000     $  (534,000)
   Pro forma                        1,117,000         1,563,000        (569,000)

Net income per share
   As reported - basic          $        0.48     $        0.61     $     (0.20)
   Pro forma - basic                     0.48              0.58           (0.21)

   As reported - diluted                 0.46              0.61           (0.20)
   Pro forma - diluted                   0.43              0.58           (0.21)

</TABLE>
38
<PAGE>
(8)      Employee and Director Benefit Plans, Continued
         ----------------------------------------------

The  weighted-average  fair value per share of options  granted in 1998 and 1997
amounted  to $2.45 and $2.74,  respectively.  There  were no options  granted in
1999.  Fair values were  estimated on the date of grant using the  Black-Scholes
option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

                                                         1998        1997
                                                         ----        ----

                    Risk-free interest rate              5.77%        6.75%
                    Dividend yield                       4.83         3.90
                    Volatility                          30.00        30.00
                    Expected life                      7 years      7 years

A summary of the Company's stock option activity and related information for the
years ended June 30, 1999 and 1998 follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Outstanding                 Exercisable
                                      -----------                 -----------
                                                 Weighted                   Weighted
                                                  Average                    Average
                                  Option         Exercise     Option        Exercise
                                  Shares          Price       Shares         Price
                                  ------          -----       ------         -----
<S>                               <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
At June 30, 1997                  262,354       $    9.52        --         $   --
Granted                            27,172           10.38        --             --
Became exercisable                   --               --      46,268           9.43
Exercised                            --               --         --             --
Forfeited                         (32,102)          10.15       (226)          9.25
                                  -------           -----       ----           ----
At June 30, 1998                  257,424            9.52     46,042           9.43
Granted                              --               --         --             --
Became exercisable                   --               --      50,658           9.53
Exercised                            --               --         --             --
Forfeited                          (4,090)           9.25       (818)          9.25
                                  -------           -----       ----           ----
At June 30, 1999                  253,334       $    9.53     95,882       $   9.48
                                  =======       =========     ======       ========
</TABLE>

Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan
The Bank has in place two deferred  compensation plans for its directors.  Under
the first plan  directors are to be paid  specified  amounts during the ten-year
period  following  the latter of the date that the director  becomes 65 years of
age, or five years from adoption of the plan.  During 1995, the Bank established
another deferred  compensation plan for certain of its directors under which the
directors would be paid specified  amounts during the ten-year period  following
the latter of the date that the director meets a specified age  requirement,  or
five years from  adoption of the plan.  The Bank has  purchased  life  insurance
policies  with the Bank named as  beneficiary  to fund the  benefits  under both
plans. Total expense related to these plans was approximately  $66,000 for 1999,
$84,000 for 1998, and $73,000 for 1997.
<PAGE>
Employment Agreements
The Bank has entered into employment  agreements with five executive officers in
order to ensure a stable and competent  management base. The agreements  provide
for a three-year term, but upon each anniversary,  the agreements  automatically
extend so that the remaining  term shall always be three years.  The  agreements
provide  that the  nature  of the  covered  employee's  compensation,  duties or
benefits  cannot be  diminished  following  a change in control of the  Company.
These employement agreements are considered contingent liabilities which are not
reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

Severance Plan
In connection  with the  Conversion,  the Bank adopted a Severance  Plan for the
benefit of its  employees.  The Plan  provides for severance pay benefits in the
event of a change in control which results in the  termination of such employees
or diminished compensation,  duties, or benefits within two years of a change in
control.  The employees  covered would be entitled to a severance benefit of the
greater of (a) the amount equal to two weeks' salary at the existing salary rate
multiplied  by the  employee's  number of  complete  years of service or (b) the
amount  of one  month's  salary  at the  employee's  salary  rate at the time of
termination,  subject  to a maximum  payment  equal to two times the  employee's
annual salary. This severance plan is considered a contingent liability which is
not reflected in the consolidated financial statements.


                                                                              39
<PAGE>
(9)      Stockholders' Equity
         --------------------

Earnings Per Share (EPS)
Basic net income per share,  or basic EPS, is computed by dividing net income by
the weighted  average number of common shares  outstanding for the period.  ESOP
shares  that  are  unallocated  and are not  committed  to be  released  are not
included in weighted  average  shares  outstanding.  Diluted  EPS  reflects  the
potential dilution that could occur if the Company's dilutive stock options were
exercised.  The  numerator  of the  basic  EPS  computation  is the  same as the
numerator  of  the  diluted  EPS  computation  for  all  periods  presented.   A
reconciliation  of the denominators of the basic and diluted EPS computations is
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            1999           1998         1997
                                                                         ---------     ---------     ---------
<S>                                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
Basic EPS denominator-Weighted average number of common
         shares outstanding                                              2,515,939     2,686,537     2,665,277
Dilutive share effect arising from stock options and restricted shares      69,624         24,182          --
                                                                         ---------     ---------     ---------
Diluted EPS denominator                                                  2,585,563     2,710,719     2,665,277
                                                                         =========     =========     =========
</TABLE>

Common Stock
The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of common stock. The common
stock has no par value.  As of June 30, 1999 and 1998,  there were 2,532,000 and
2,750,800 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, respectively.

Preferred Stock
The Company is authorized to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. No
shares of preferred stock have been issued or were  outstanding at June 30, 1999
or 1998.  Such  preferred  stock may be issued in one or more  series  with such
rights,  preferences,  and  designations as the Board of Directors of the Parent
may from time to time determine  subject to applicable law and  regulations.  If
and when such  shares  are  issued,  holders  of such  shares  may have  certain
preferences,  powers,  and rights (including voting rights) senior to the rights
of the holders of the common stock of the Company. The Board of Directors of the
Parent can (without stockholder  approval) issue preferred stock with voting and
conversion rights which could,  among other things,  adversely affect the voting
power of the holders of the common stock of the Company and assist management in
impeding an  unfriendly  takeover or attempted  change in control of the Company
that some  stockholders  may consider to be in their best  interest but to which
management  is  opposed.  The Company  has no current  plans to issue  preferred
stock.

Capital Adequacy
The Parent is regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve System
("FRB")  and  is  subject  to  securities   registration  and  public  reporting
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The Bank is regulated by
the FDIC and the Administrator,  Savings Institutions  Division,  North Carolina
Department of Commerce (the "Administrator").
<PAGE>
The  Bank  is  subject  to  the  capital   requirements  of  the  FDIC  and  the
Administrator.  The FDIC requires the Bank to maintain  minimum ratios of Tier 1
capital to total risk-weighted  assets and total capital to risk-weighted assets
of 4% and 8%,  respectively.  Tier 1  capital  consists  of total  shareholders'
equity calculated in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting  principles
less  intangible  assets,  and total capital is comprised of Tier 1 capital plus
certain  adjustments,  the  only  one of  which  applicable  to the  Bank is the
allowance  for possible loan losses.  Risk-weighted  assets refer to the on- and
off-balance  sheet exposures of the Bank adjusted for their relative risk levels
using formulas set forth in FDIC regulations. The Bank is also subject to a FDIC
leverage capital requirement,  which calls for a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital
(as defined above) to quarterly  average total assets of 4% and a ratio of 5% to
be "well-capitalized".  The Administrator requires a net worth equal to at least
5% of total assets.

As summarized  below, at June 30, 1999 and 1998, the Bank was in compliance with
all of the aforementioned capital requirements.

As of June 30, 1999, the FDIC categorized the Bank as  "well-capitalized"  under
the  regulatory  framework for prompt  corrective  action.  To be categorized as
well-capitalized,  the Bank must meet minimum ratios for total  risk-based,  and
Tier I leverage (the ratio of Tier I capital to average  assets) as set forth in
the following  table.  There are no events or conditions since the June 30, 1999
that management believes have changed the Bank's category.

40
<PAGE>
(9)      Stockholders' Equity (continued)
         --------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Minimum Ratios
                                                                                              --------------
                                                                                          For         To Be Well
                                               Capital Amount            Ratio          Capital    Capitalized Under
                                              ---------------       --------------      Adequacy   Prompt Corrective
                                              1999       1998       1999      1998      Purposes   Action Provisions
                                              ----       ----       ----      ----      --------   -----------------
                                                                       (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                            <C>         <C>            <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>
As of June 30:
 Tier I Capital (to risk-weighted assets):     $18,332     $19,949        23.78%     27.12%      4.00%     6.00%

 Total Capital - Tier II capital (to risk-
    weighted assets):                           19,386      20,900        25.15      28.41      10.00
                                                                                                           8.00
 Leverage - Tier I capital (to average
    assets):                                    18,332      19,949        13.21      14.87       4.00      5.00

</TABLE>

Liquidation Account
At the time of  Conversion,  the Bank  established a  liquidation  account in an
amount equal to its net worth at June 30, 1995. The liquidation  account will be
maintained for the benefit of eligible  deposit  account holders who continue to
maintain their deposit  accounts in the Bank after the  Conversion.  Only in the
event of a complete  liquidation  will each eligible  deposit  account holder be
entitled to receive a liquidation  distribtuion from the liquidation  account in
the amount of the then current adjusted  subaccount balance for deposit accounts
then held before any liquidation distribution may be made to stockholders of the
Parent's common stock. Dividends cannot be paid from this liquidation account.

Dividends
Subject to  applicable  law,  the Boards of Directors of the Bank and the Parent
may each  provide  for the payment of  dividends.  Future  declarations  of cash
dividends,  if any, by the Parent may depend upon dividend  payments by the Bank
to the Parent.  Subject to  regulations of the  Administrator,  the Bank may not
declare or pay a cash dividend on or  repurchase  any of its common stock if its
stockholders'  equity would thereby be reduced below either the aggregate amount
then  required for the  liquidation  account or the minimum  regulatory  capital
requirements imposed by federal and state regulations. In addition, for a period
of five years after the  Conversion,  the Bank will be required,  under existing
North   Carolina   regulations,   to  obtain  prior  written   approval  of  the
Administrator before it can declare and pay a cash dividend on its capital stock
in an amount in excess of  one-half of the greater of (i) its net income for the
most recent fiscal year,  or (ii) the average of its net income after  dividends
for the  most  recent  fiscal  year and not  more  than  two of the  immediately
preceding fiscal years, if applicable. As a result of this limitation,  the Bank
cannot pay a dividend  without the approval of the  Administrator.  The Bank has
obtained the Administrator's  approval for each dividend paid by the Bank to the
Parent.

                                                                              41
<PAGE>
(10)     Income Taxes
         ------------

The components of income tax expense (benefit) were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Year ended June 30,
                                          -------------------------------------
                                                  (dollars in thousands)
                                           1999            1998            1997
                                           ----            ----            ----
<S>                                       <C>             <C>             <C>
Currently payable:
       Federal                            $ 559           $ 805           $ 419
       State                                 53             130              61
                                          -----           -----           -----
                                            612             935             480
                                          -----           -----           -----
Deferred:
       Federal                               32              (4)           (136)
       State                                  9              (1)            (27)
                                          -----           -----           -----
                                             41              (5)           (163)
                                          -----           -----           -----
                                          $ 653           $ 930           $ 317
                                          =====           =====           =====

</TABLE>
The tax effects of temporary  differences that give rise to significant portions
of the deferred tax (liabilities) are shown below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    June 30
                                                               ----------------
                                                               1999        1998
                                                            (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>
Allowance for loan losses                                      $ 175      $ 219
Unrealized holding losses on securities available-for-sale       233         --

Deferred compensation                                            199        184
Management recognition plan                                      151        115
Capital loss carryforward                                         --          4
Other                                                             48         20
                                                               -----      -----
         Gross deferred tax assets                               806        542

Accelerated depreciation                                         (63)       (47)
FHLB stock dividends                                             (57)       (79)
Deferred loan origination fees                                   (88)       (43)
Unrealized holding gains on securities available-for-sale         --        (49)
Mortgage servicing rights                                        (63)       (24)
Other                                                             (1)        (8)
                                                               -----      -----
         Gross deferred tax liabilities                         (272)      (250)
                                                               -----      -----

         Net deferred tax asset                                $ 534      $ 292
                                                               =====      =====
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

The Company has no  valuation  allowance at June 30, 1999 or 1998 because it has
sufficient  taxable income in the carry back period to support the realizability
of the net deferred tax asset.



42
<PAGE>
(10)     Income Taxes (continued)
         ------------------------

The  reconciliation  of income taxes  (benefit) at statutory tax rates to income
tax expense reported in the statements of income follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              June 30,
                                                     --------------------------
                                                     1999       1998       1997
                                                     ----       ----       ----
                                                        (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>
Income taxes at the statutory federal tax rate      $ 630      $ 875      $ (74)
State income taxes less federal benefit                41         85         23
Nondeductible ESOP compensation                      --         --          518
Tax exempt interest                                   (57)       (55)      (104)
Other                                                  39         25        (46)
                                                    -----      -----      -----
Total tax expense                                   $ 653      $ 930      $ 317
                                                    =====      =====      =====

</TABLE>

Retained earnings at June 30, 1999 includes  approximately  $2,777,000 for which
no  provision  for  federal  income tax has been made.  This  amount  represents
allocations of income to bad debt deductions for tax purposes only. Reduction of
such amount for purposes  other than tax bad debt losses  could  create  taxable
income in certain  remote  instances,  which will be subject to the then current
corporate income tax rate. Payment of dividends by the Bank out of this bad debt
allocation  would  create  taxable  income  equal to  approximately  164% of the
dividend for the Bank.


                                                                              43
<PAGE>
(11)     Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
         ------------------------------------

Summarized  unaudited  quarterly financial data for the year ended June 30, 1999
is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          First         Second          Third          Fourth
                                                         Quarter        Quarter        Quarter         Quarter
                                                        ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
Operating Summary:                                           (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Interest income                                         $   2,602      $   2,481      $   2,541      $   2,576
Interest expense                                            1,313          1,259          1,255          1,285
                                                        ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
Net interest income                                         1,289          1,222          1,286          1,291
Provision for loan losses                                      24              3              3              3
                                                        ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
Net interest income after provision for loan losses         1,265          1,219          1,283          1,288
Other income                                                  151            128             90            (13)
Other expenses                                                783            829            859          1,087
                                                        ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
Income before income tax expense                              633            518            514            188
Income taxes                                                  219            181            178             75
                                                        ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
Net income                                              $     414      $     337      $     336      $     113
                                                        =========      =========      =========      =========
Per Share Data:
Earnings-basic                                               0.15           0.14           0.14           0.05
Earnings-diluted                                             0.15           0.13           0.13           0.05
Cash dividends declared                                      0.12           0.12           0.12           0.12
Dividend payout                                                80%            92%            92%           240%
Book value per share                                         7.90           7.91           7.92           7.73
Selected Average Balances:
Assets                                                  $ 130,943      $ 127,928      $ 132,111      $ 137,107
Investment securities                                      19,116         19,509         21,406         29,324
Loans                                                     108,196        104,521        105,822        101,964
Interest-bearing deposits                                  83,167         84,992         88,695         92,626
FHLB advances                                              19,022         15,459         19,571         20,188
Stockholders' equity                                       21,645         20,995         20,556         20,017


</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Summarized  unaudited  quarterly financial data for the year ended June 30, 1998
is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          First         Second          Third          Fourth
                                                         Quarter        Quarter        Quarter         Quarter
                                                         --------      --------      --------      --------
Operating Summary:                                           (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Interest income                                          $  2,454      $  2,515      $  2,599      $  2,649
Interest expense                                            1,259         1,293         1,302         1,337
                                                         --------      --------      --------      --------
Net interest income                                         1,195         1,222         1,297         1,312
Provision for loan losses                                      24            24            24            24
                                                         --------      --------      --------      --------
Net interest income after provision for loan losses         1,171         1,198         1,273         1,288
Other income                                                  137            97           207           165
Other expenses                                                671           730           786           776
                                                         --------      --------      --------      --------
Income before income tax expense                              637           565           694           677
Income taxes                                                  223           202           247           258
                                                         --------      --------      --------      --------
Net income                                               $    414      $    363      $    447      $    419
                                                         ========      ========      ========      ========
Per Share Data:
Earnings-basic                                               0.15          0.13          0.17          0.16
Earnings-diluted                                             0.15          0.13          0.16          0.15
Cash dividends declared                                      0.10          0.10          0.10          0.12
Dividend payout                                                67%           77%           63%           80%
Book value per share                                         7.56          7.66          7.77          7.85
Selected Average Balances:
Assets                                                   $123,947      $128,122      $130,796      $132,621
Investment securities                                      17,836        18,208        18,141        18,111
Loans                                                     102,242       106,595       109,161       111,220
Interest-bearing deposits                                  82,229        83,562        85,330        85,780
Advances                                                   17,574        20,326        21,126        21,451
Stockholders' equity                                       20,777        21,045        21,370        21,657

</TABLE>
44
<PAGE>
(12)     Parent Company Financial Data
         -----------------------------

Condensed financial  information for Piedmont Bancorp,  Inc. (Parent Company) is
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  June 30,
                                                                  --------
                                                             1999          1998
                                                            -------      -------
Condensed Balance Sheet                                   (dollars in thousands)
Assets:
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>
  Cash on deposit with bank subsidiary                      $   988      $   750
  Investment in bank subsidiary                              18,531       20,794
  Other                                                         346          393
                                                            -------      -------
      Total assets                                          $19,865      $21,937
                                                            =======      =======

Liabilities and stockholders' equity:
  Accrued taxes, expenses and other liabilities                 304          331
  Stockholders' equity                                       19,561       21,606
                                                            -------      -------
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity            $19,865      $21,937
                                                            =======      =======
<CAPTION>


                                                                                   June 30,
                                                                                   --------
                                                                        1999        1998        1997
                                                                      -------      -------     -------
Condensed Statement of Income                                                    (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>         <C>
   Dividends from bank subsidiary                                     $ 1,243      $ 1,155     $ 8,050
   Interest income from bank subsidiary                                    39           27         153
   Interest on loan from bank subsidiary ESOP                              62           79         172
    Interest on investment securities                                    --           --            88
                                                                      -------      -------     -------
     Total income                                                       1,344        1,261       8,463
   Interest on short-term borrowing                                      --           --            41
   Loss on sale of investment securities                                 --           --            81
   Operating expenses                                                      80           70          84
                                                                      -------      -------     -------
     Income before income taxes                                         1,264        1,191       8,257
   Income tax expense                                                       8           15          47
                                                                      -------      -------     -------
   Income before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary       1,256        1,176       8,210
Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of bank subsidiary              (56)         467      (8,744)
                                                                      -------      -------     -------
         Net income (loss)                                            $ 1,200      $ 1,643     $  (534)
                                                                      =======      =======     =======
</TABLE>
                                                                              45


<PAGE>
(12)     Parent Company Financial Data, Continued
         ----------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   Year Ended June 30,
                                                                             1999          1998          1997
                                                                             ----          ----          ----
Condensed  Statement  of Cash  Flows  (dollars  in  thousands)            <C>           <C>           <C>
<S>
Cash  flows from operating activities:                                    $  1,200      $  1,643      $   (534)
    Net income (loss)
    Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
       net cash provided by operating activities:
          Undistributed loss (earnings) of bank subsidiary                      56          (467)        8,744
          Loss on sale of available-for-sale securities                         --            --            81
          Payments on ESOP loan receivable from bank subsidiary                207           213         1,709
          Increase in other assets                                              47           (27)         (132)
                                                                                (7)           (2)         (105)
          Decrease in other liabilities                                   --------      --------      --------
               Net cash provided by operating activities                     1,503         1,360         9,763
                                                                          --------      --------      --------

Cash flows from investing activities:                                           --            --         5,543
    Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities                   --------      --------      --------
                                                                                --            --         5,543
              Net cash provided by investing activities                   --------      --------      --------

Cash flows from financing activities:                                       (1,265)       (1,096)     (20,435)
    Cash dividends paid to stockholders                                   --------      --------      --------
                                                                            (1,265)       (1,096)     (20,435)
              Net cash used by financing activities                       --------      --------      --------

              Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents             238           264        (5,129)
                                                                               750           486         5,615
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                            --------      --------      --------
                                                                          $    988      $    750      $    486
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                                  ========      ========      ========

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
   Cash paid during the year for income taxes                                    1            24           160
                                                                          ========      ========      ========
Supplemental disclosure of noncash transactions:
   Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale             $   --        $   --        $    138
       net of deferred taxes of $88 in 1997                               ========      ========      ========

   Unrealized gains on bank subsidiary's securities available-for-sale
       net of  deferred  taxes  of $282 in  1999,  $104 in 1998           $   (440)     $    161      $    357
       and $230 in 1997                                                   ========      ========      ========
                                                                          $   (304)     $   (324)     $   (267)
   Dividends declared but unpaid                                          ========      ========      ========

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
(13)     Fair Value of Financial Instruments
         -----------------------------------

Fair value  estimates are made by management at a specific point in time,  based
on relevant  information  about the financial  instrument and the market.  These
estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering
for sale at one time the  Company's  entire  holdings of a particular  financial
instrument nor are protential taxes and other expenses that would be incurred in
an actual sale considered. Fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding
future   expected   loss   experience,   current   economic   conditions,   risk
characteristics  of various  financial  instruments,  and other  factors.  These
estimates  are  subjective  in nature and involve  uncertainties  and matters of
significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision.  Changes
in  assumptions  and/or  the  methodology  used could  significantly  affect the
estimates   disclosed.   Similarly,   the  fair  values   disclosed  could  vary
significantly from amounts realized in actual transactions.

Fair value estimates are based on existing on- and  off-balance  sheet financial
instruments  without  attempting  to estimate  the value of  anticipated  future
business  and the  value of  assets  and  liabilities  that  are not  considered
financial instruments.


                                                                              46

<PAGE>
(13)     Fair Value of Financial Instruments, Continued
         ----------------------------------------------

The following  table  presents the carrying  values and estimated fair values of
the Company's financial instruments at June 30, 1999 and 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1999                             1998
                                                          ----                              ----
                                                Carrying   Estimated Fair          Carrying  Estimated Fair
                                                  Value        Value                 Value      Value
                                                  -----        -----                 -----      -----
                                                                 (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                             <C>          <C>                 <C>          <C>
Financial assets:
         Cash and interest bearing deposits     $  3,572     $  3,572            $  2,644     $  2,644
         Investment securities:
             Available-for-sale                   25,810       25,810              13,775       13,775
             Held-to-maturity                      3,362        3,388               3,250        3,331
        Net loans                                100,717      102,250             106,500      105,840
        Federal Home Loan Bank Stock               1,036        1,036               1,152        1,152


Financial liabilities:
      Deposits                                    99,339      101,159              89,840       88,937
      Federal Home Loan Bank advances             20,162       20,027              18,000       17,940


</TABLE>

The  estimated  fair  values of net loans and  deposits  are based on cash flows
discounted at market  interest  rates.  The carrying  values of other  financial
instruments, including various receivables and payables, approximate fair value.

At June 30,  1999,  the Company had  outstanding  standby  letters of credit and
commitments to extend credit. These off-balance sheet financial  instruments are
generally  exercisable at the market rate  prevailing at the date the underlying
transaction will be complete, and, therefore, they are deemed to have no current
fair market value. Refer to note 3.

                                                                              47
<PAGE>
                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                     M. Marion Clark, Chairman of the Board
             Retired President, Hillsborough Savings Bank, Inc., SSB

 Robert B. Nichols, Jr.                                         D. Tyson Clayton
 Vice Chairman of the Board                President and Chief Executive Officer
 Retired Farmer                                              of Company and Bank

 Peggy S. Walker                                                    James P. Ray
 Secretary of Company                                         Owner and Operator
 Executive Vice President of Bank                    Occoneechee Golf Club, Inc.

 William L. Rogers                                                Donald W. Pope
 Farmer                                               Owner, Pope's Tire Service

 Alfred L. Carr                                               Everett H. Kennedy
 Retired Merchant                                               Retired Realtor

                               EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 D. Tyson Clayton                                                Peggy S. Walker
 President and Chief Executive Officer                      Secretary of Company
 of Company and Bank                            Executive Vice President of Bank


 Thomas W. Wayne                                                     Ted R. Laws
 Treasurer of Company                                          Vice President of
 Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Bank             Company and Bank


 Danny C. Lloyd
 Vice President of Company and Bank

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

CORPORATE OFFICE                        INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED
PIEDMONT BANCORP, INC.                  PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
260 South Churton Street                KPMG LLP
Hillsborough, NC 27278-2507             Suite 1200, 150 Fayetteville Street Mall
Phone: (919) 732-2143                   Raleigh, NC  27601
Fax:     (919) 732-6001
web address: http://www.HSBeBank.com
Email: [email protected]

                                        FORM 10-K
                                        A copy of the the Company's annual
STOCK TRANSFER AGENT                    report on Form 10-K  including the
Registrar and Transfer Company          financial statements and financial
Commerce Drive                          statement schedules as filed with the

Cranford, New Jersey 07016-3572         Securities and Exchange Commis-
Phone: (800) 346-6084 Press "1"         sion pursuant to Rule 13a-1 of the
                                        Securities and Exchange Act of
                                        1933 will be furnished without
                                        charge to stockholders upon
SPECIAL LEGAL COUNSEL                   written request to:
Brooks, Pierce, McLendon, Humphrey
   and Leonard, LLP                         D. Tyson Clayton
Post Office Box 26000                       260 South Churton Street
Greensboro, North Carolina 27420            Hillsborough, NC  27278-2507



                                 ANNUAL MEETING

The 1999 Annual Meeting of stockholders of Piedmont  Bancorp,  Inc. will be held
at 6:30 p.m. on November 18, 1999 at the  Corporate  Office,  260 South  Churton
Street, Hillsborough North Carolina.
<PAGE>
                                  CAPITAL STOCK

The Parent's  common stock is traded on the American  Stock  Exchange  under the
symbol "PDB". As of June 30, 1999, there were 2,532,000  shares  outstanding and
667  shareholders  of record,  not  including  the number of persons or entities
whose stock is held in nominee or street name through various brokerage firms or
banks.  Payment of dividends by the Bank  subsidiary to the Parent is subject to
various  restrictions.  Under applicable banking  regulations,  the Bank may not
declare a cash  dividend if the effect  thereof would be to reduce its net worth
to an  amount  less than the  minimum  required  by  federal  and state  banking
regulations.  In addition,  for a period of five years after the consummation of
the Bank's stock  conversion,  which occurred on December 7, 1995, the Bank will
be required to obtain  prior  written  approval  from the  Administrator  of the
Savings Institutions Division, North Carolina Department of Commerce,  before it
can declare a cash  dividend  in an amount in excess of one-half  the greater of
(i) its net income for the most  recent  fiscal  year or (ii) the average of its
net income after dividends for the most recent fiscal year and not more than two
of the immediately  preceding  fiscal years, as applicable.  As a result of this
limitation,  the  Bank  cannot  pay a  dividend  without  the  approval  of  the
Administrator.  The Bank has  obtained  the  Administrator's  approval  for each
dividend paid by the Bank to the Parent.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         Quarterly Common Stock Performance and Dividends Declared
                                      For the Year Ended June 30, 1999

                                                       Stock Price           Dividends Declared, Per Share
                                                    --------------------     -----------------------------
                                                    High          Low
                                                    ----          ---
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>                      <C>
First quarter ended September 30                    10 1/8        9 1/4                    $ 0.12
Second quarter ended December 31                     9 3/4        8 7/8                      0.12
Third quarter ended March 31                         9 1/4        8 1/2                      0.12
Fourth quarter ended June 30                             9        8 1/16                     0.12
<CAPTION>

                         Quarterly Common Stock Performance and Dividends Declared
                                      For the Year Ended June 30, 1998

                                                       Stock Price           Dividends Declared, Per Share
                                                    --------------------     -----------------------------
                                                    High          Low
                                                    ----          ---
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>                      <C>

First quarter ended September 30                    11 1/8       10 1/8                    $ 0.10
Second quarter ended December 31                    11 5/8       10 3/8                      0.10
Third quarter ended March 31                        11 3/8       10 5/8                      0.10
Fourth quarter ended June 30                       10 9/16        9 1/2                      0.12



                                                                              49
</TABLE>

Exhibit 23

                         Consent of Independent Auditors
                         -------------------------------



The Board of Directors
Piedmont Bancorp, Inc.


We consent to incorporation  by reference in the registration  statement on Form
S-8 of Piedmont Bancorp, Inc. of our report dated July 19, 1999, relating to the
consolidated  balance sheets of Piedmont  Bancorp,  Inc. as of June 30, 1999 and
1998 and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and
comprehensive  income  and cash  flows for each of the  years in the  three-year
period ended June 30, 1999,  which is  incorporated by reference in the June 30,
1999 annual report on Form 10-K of Piedmont Bancorp, Inc.



                                                              /s/KPMG LLP
                                                              -----------
                                                              KPMG LLP




Raleigh, North Carolina
September 28, 1999

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 9

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          JUN-30-1999
<PERIOD-END>                               JUN-30-1999
<CASH>                                           1,706
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                           1,866
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                     0
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                     0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                     25,810
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                           3,362
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                             3,388
<LOANS>                                        100,717
<ALLOWANCE>                                      1,054
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 140,089
<DEPOSITS>                                      99,339
<SHORT-TERM>                                    20,162
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                              1,027
<LONG-TERM>                                          0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                         5,843
<OTHER-SE>                                      13,718
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                 140,089
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                  8,835
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                1,283
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                    82
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                10,200
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                               4,056
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               5,112
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                            5,088
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                       33
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                   5
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                  3,558
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  1,853
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                       1,853
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     1,200
<EPS-BASIC>                                       0.48
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.46
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                    4.09
<LOANS-NON>                                        973
<LOANS-PAST>                                       973
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                     0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                    973
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                   951
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                       17
<RECOVERIES>                                        87
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                1,054
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                             1,054
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                              0


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission